<?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8'?><rss xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xmlns:openSearch="http://a9.com/-/spec/opensearchrss/1.0/" xmlns:blogger="http://schemas.google.com/blogger/2008" xmlns:georss="http://www.georss.org/georss" xmlns:gd="http://schemas.google.com/g/2005" xmlns:thr="http://purl.org/syndication/thread/1.0" version="2.0"><channel><atom:id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8178415316263789628</atom:id><lastBuildDate>Wed, 06 Nov 2024 03:00:58 +0000</lastBuildDate><category>MICROSOFT</category><category>download free-wares</category><category>COREL</category><category>HIREN</category><category>ADOBE</category><category>power dvd</category><category>ARCHCAD</category><category>AUTOCAD</category><category>Hemera® Image Browser</category><category>INDIA WEB</category><category>MAVIS</category><category>MOZILLA FIREFOX</category><category>OXFORD DICTIONARY</category><category>PAINT DOT NET</category><category>TOTAL VIDEO CONVERTER</category><category>WINDOW</category><category>browser</category><category>instant</category><category>nero</category><category>security</category><category>winrar</category><category>winzip</category><title>TRUSTED SOFTWARE</title><description></description><link>http://trusted22.blogspot.com/</link><managingEditor>noreply@blogger.com (TRUSTED SOFTWARE)</managingEditor><generator>Blogger</generator><openSearch:totalResults>40</openSearch:totalResults><openSearch:startIndex>1</openSearch:startIndex><openSearch:itemsPerPage>25</openSearch:itemsPerPage><item><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8178415316263789628.post-8920867687314076819</guid><pubDate>Sun, 11 Sep 2011 13:05:00 +0000</pubDate><atom:updated>2011-09-11T06:15:47.800-07:00</atom:updated><category domain="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#">download free-wares</category><title>Adobe Air 3.0.0.3880 RC 1</title><description>&lt;a onblur=&quot;try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}&quot; href=&quot;https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjR2BL6oIjdQEvrNL8M5eYpI6E7WG3o5YsdqqHFXDLj_IR6XDLkHyp8lVXZaK459JelZgCmsMz41ERBaqtTrrvT-X96ZVr2ESv6u6yrTEzmD6WUCGWZTKIKmJZH_PZjiNoz9AZ3pyIbJVc/s1600/images.jpeg&quot;&gt;&lt;img style=&quot;float:left; margin:0 10px 10px 0;cursor:pointer; cursor:hand;width: 80px; height: 80px;&quot; src=&quot;https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjR2BL6oIjdQEvrNL8M5eYpI6E7WG3o5YsdqqHFXDLj_IR6XDLkHyp8lVXZaK459JelZgCmsMz41ERBaqtTrrvT-X96ZVr2ESv6u6yrTEzmD6WUCGWZTKIKmJZH_PZjiNoz9AZ3pyIbJVc/s320/images.jpeg&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;id=&quot;BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5651088613781717106&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://fs36.filehippo.com/7405/84c0838e424640c6879f5fc03440877b/air3_rc1_win_090611.exe&quot;&gt;DOWNLOAD NOW&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The Adobe® AIR, runtime enables you to have your favorite web applications with you all the time. Since applications built for Adobe AIR run on your desktop computer without a web browser, they provide all the convenience of a desktop application.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Companies like eBay and AOL are using Adobe AIR to create exciting new applications that allow you to use their services on your desktop.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In short, Adobe AIR means applications that are easier, more powerful, and more fun to use.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Be safe on the web: Adobe AIR helps ensure safe installations by requiring digital signatures on each AIR application that identify the application and its creator before you install.</description><link>http://trusted22.blogspot.com/2011/09/adobe-air-3003880-rc-1.html</link><author>noreply@blogger.com (TRUSTED SOFTWARE)</author><media:thumbnail xmlns:media="http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/" url="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjR2BL6oIjdQEvrNL8M5eYpI6E7WG3o5YsdqqHFXDLj_IR6XDLkHyp8lVXZaK459JelZgCmsMz41ERBaqtTrrvT-X96ZVr2ESv6u6yrTEzmD6WUCGWZTKIKmJZH_PZjiNoz9AZ3pyIbJVc/s72-c/images.jpeg" height="72" width="72"/><thr:total>0</thr:total></item><item><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8178415316263789628.post-6116527709645665641</guid><pubDate>Sun, 11 Sep 2011 12:59:00 +0000</pubDate><atom:updated>2011-09-11T06:14:43.684-07:00</atom:updated><category domain="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#">download free-wares</category><title>Internet Download Manager 6.07 Build 10</title><description>&lt;a onblur=&quot;try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}&quot; href=&quot;https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiPZ0M9LIFSGNP0oEW1t5IuRzA2Fqt9N95ri7MX-BT5IX-MKwl7vxSXIMitOaCuJW9fRt7iU5heI9kS3uSDqmb7t2vRSph4cdJamlT6R57YV0a6G0ZA4tk6W4MO68tiowmgjaBWB8YADZk/s1600/images.jpeg&quot;&gt;&lt;img style=&quot;float:left; margin:0 10px 10px 0;cursor:pointer; cursor:hand;width: 104px; height: 104px;&quot; src=&quot;https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiPZ0M9LIFSGNP0oEW1t5IuRzA2Fqt9N95ri7MX-BT5IX-MKwl7vxSXIMitOaCuJW9fRt7iU5heI9kS3uSDqmb7t2vRSph4cdJamlT6R57YV0a6G0ZA4tk6W4MO68tiowmgjaBWB8YADZk/s320/images.jpeg&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;id=&quot;BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5651087390536050930&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://fs36.filehippo.com/7405/000cbb32a93a4af480895337cd51f4b6/idman607.exe&quot;&gt;DOWNLOAD NOW&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Internet Download Manager (IDM) is a tool to increase download speeds by up to 5 times, resume and schedule downloads. Comprehensive error recovery and resume capability will restart broken or interrupted downloads due to lost connections, network problems, computer shutdowns, or unexpected power outages. Simple graphic user interface makes IDM user friendly and easy to use.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Internet Download Manager has a smart download logic accelerator that features intelligent dynamic file segmentation and safe multipart downloading technology to accelerate your downloads.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Internet Download Manager supports proxy servers, ftp and http protocols, firewalls, redirects, cookies, authorization, MP3 audio and MPEG video content processing. IDM integrates seamlessly into Microsoft Internet Explorer, Netscape, MSN Explorer, AOL, Opera, Mozilla, Mozilla Firefox, Mozilla Firebird, Avant Browser, MyIE2, and all other popular browsers to automatically handle your downloads.</description><link>http://trusted22.blogspot.com/2011/09/internet-download-manager-607-build-10.html</link><author>noreply@blogger.com (TRUSTED SOFTWARE)</author><media:thumbnail xmlns:media="http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/" url="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiPZ0M9LIFSGNP0oEW1t5IuRzA2Fqt9N95ri7MX-BT5IX-MKwl7vxSXIMitOaCuJW9fRt7iU5heI9kS3uSDqmb7t2vRSph4cdJamlT6R57YV0a6G0ZA4tk6W4MO68tiowmgjaBWB8YADZk/s72-c/images.jpeg" height="72" width="72"/><thr:total>0</thr:total></item><item><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8178415316263789628.post-3451204872759879042</guid><pubDate>Sun, 11 Sep 2011 12:53:00 +0000</pubDate><atom:updated>2011-09-11T06:15:19.745-07:00</atom:updated><category domain="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#">download free-wares</category><title>Firefox 6.0.2</title><description>&lt;a onblur=&quot;try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}&quot; href=&quot;https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjdJ06Fcj3HJ7CaqfX5OSLQcNqTprt-WHL2QjbgQzkEamR12lkATNN0s483Tw_W8Lsm130A4YYhOkES-qEYQvG0LPb_l9qtSmRpTeY1jSHhrLf8RrAuC-TYOduAUD_jH40MmsUjFIVPEC0/s1600/images.jpeg&quot;&gt;&lt;img style=&quot;float:left; margin:0 10px 10px 0;cursor:pointer; cursor:hand;width: 93px; height: 93px;&quot; src=&quot;https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjdJ06Fcj3HJ7CaqfX5OSLQcNqTprt-WHL2QjbgQzkEamR12lkATNN0s483Tw_W8Lsm130A4YYhOkES-qEYQvG0LPb_l9qtSmRpTeY1jSHhrLf8RrAuC-TYOduAUD_jH40MmsUjFIVPEC0/s320/images.jpeg&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;id=&quot;BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5651085709806823538&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://fs36.filehippo.com/7405/5ae5fef687a6457ab991a51d57188083/Firefox%20Setup%206.0.2.exe&quot;&gt;DOWNLOAD NOW&lt;span style=&quot;font-weight:bold;&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The Web is all about innovation, and Firefox sets the pace with dozens of new features to deliver a faster, more secure and customizable Web browsing experience for all.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;User Experience. The enhancements to Firefox provide the best possible browsing experience on the Web. The new Firefox smart location bar, affectionately known as the &quot;Awesome Bar,&quot; learns as people use it, adapting to user preferences and offering better fitting matches over time.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Performance. Firefox is built on top of the powerful new Gecko platform, resulting in a safer, easier to use and more personal product.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Security. Firefox raises the bar for security. The new malware and phishing protection helps protect from viruses, worms, trojans and spyware to keep people safe on the Web.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Customization. Everyone uses the Web differently, and Firefox lets users customize their browser with more than 5,000 add-ons.</description><link>http://trusted22.blogspot.com/2011/09/download-now-web-is-all-about.html</link><author>noreply@blogger.com (TRUSTED SOFTWARE)</author><media:thumbnail xmlns:media="http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/" url="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjdJ06Fcj3HJ7CaqfX5OSLQcNqTprt-WHL2QjbgQzkEamR12lkATNN0s483Tw_W8Lsm130A4YYhOkES-qEYQvG0LPb_l9qtSmRpTeY1jSHhrLf8RrAuC-TYOduAUD_jH40MmsUjFIVPEC0/s72-c/images.jpeg" height="72" width="72"/><thr:total>0</thr:total></item><item><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8178415316263789628.post-7050641501884919878</guid><pubDate>Wed, 03 Aug 2011 11:08:00 +0000</pubDate><atom:updated>2011-08-03T04:52:47.869-07:00</atom:updated><category domain="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#">download free-wares</category><title>Adobe Reader 10.1</title><description>&lt;a onblur=&quot;try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}&quot; href=&quot;https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiPDfKUdyrQnJ5toKxgfekPVGDAQXxFJCvb_3d6TsCwAEhSEiaB-pROGeId0fZ6-nMgc2pIW4tZHetHqbIWH0F7kdfBa4WV9aBBJ3EBMTiXLLyPkG37r2_UmKM4EzGxYDOSsikuBFQ_sP8/s1600/images+3.jpg&quot;&gt;&lt;img style=&quot;float:left; margin:0 10px 10px 0;cursor:pointer; cursor:hand;width: 116px; height: 116px;&quot; src=&quot;https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiPDfKUdyrQnJ5toKxgfekPVGDAQXxFJCvb_3d6TsCwAEhSEiaB-pROGeId0fZ6-nMgc2pIW4tZHetHqbIWH0F7kdfBa4WV9aBBJ3EBMTiXLLyPkG37r2_UmKM4EzGxYDOSsikuBFQ_sP8/s320/images+3.jpg&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;id=&quot;BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5636596363387410834&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://ardownload.adobe.com/pub/adobe/reader/win/10.x/10.1.0/en_US/AdbeRdr1010_en_US.exe&quot;&gt;DOWNLOAD NOW&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Adobe Reader software is the global standard for electronic document sharing. It is the only PDF file viewer that can open and interact with all PDF documents. Use Adobe Reader to view, search, digitally sign, verify, print, and collaborate on Adobe PDF files.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    * View, print, and search PDF files, including PDF Portfolios and PDF maps&lt;br /&gt;    * Author, store, and share documents, and share your screen, using Acrobat.com services&lt;br /&gt;    * Experience richer content and greater interactivity with native support for Adobe Flash technology&lt;br /&gt;    * Review documents using familiar commenting tools such as sticky notes, highlighting, lines, shapes, and stamps (When enabled by Acrobat Pro or Acrobat Pro Extended)&lt;br /&gt;    * Digitally sign PDF documents (When enabled by Acrobat Pro or Acrobat Pro Extended)</description><link>http://trusted22.blogspot.com/2011/08/adobe-reader-101.html</link><author>noreply@blogger.com (TRUSTED SOFTWARE)</author><media:thumbnail xmlns:media="http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/" url="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiPDfKUdyrQnJ5toKxgfekPVGDAQXxFJCvb_3d6TsCwAEhSEiaB-pROGeId0fZ6-nMgc2pIW4tZHetHqbIWH0F7kdfBa4WV9aBBJ3EBMTiXLLyPkG37r2_UmKM4EzGxYDOSsikuBFQ_sP8/s72-c/images+3.jpg" height="72" width="72"/><thr:total>0</thr:total></item><item><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8178415316263789628.post-1026862075633023877</guid><pubDate>Wed, 03 Aug 2011 09:59:00 +0000</pubDate><atom:updated>2011-08-03T04:51:07.336-07:00</atom:updated><category domain="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#">download free-wares</category><title>VLC Media Player 1.1.11</title><description>&lt;a onblur=&quot;try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}&quot; href=&quot;https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjwLRmjSl98WT6MGou7BuD-0_HT2cz79Qpc3POxZPN6lqIHVSkHRvkjONiHNkHTTzkCWHMLxMnhyphenhyphenLXah2J8IR7rv-_cvoW3csN4Zp9ZlArrKB7T-GWkL6Kf-_V4wz_KPNG4wXpUYOLXlZQ/s1600/images+3.jpg&quot;&gt;&lt;img style=&quot;float:left; margin:0 10px 10px 0;cursor:pointer; cursor:hand;width: 142px; height: 148px;&quot; src=&quot;https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjwLRmjSl98WT6MGou7BuD-0_HT2cz79Qpc3POxZPN6lqIHVSkHRvkjONiHNkHTTzkCWHMLxMnhyphenhyphenLXah2J8IR7rv-_cvoW3csN4Zp9ZlArrKB7T-GWkL6Kf-_V4wz_KPNG4wXpUYOLXlZQ/s320/images+3.jpg&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;id=&quot;BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5636595893298578882&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://fs37.filehippo.com/7621/2c8d83e31b544798b40344afa595f281/vlc-1.1.11-win32.exe&quot;&gt;DOWNLOAD NOW&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;VLC media player is a highly portable multimedia player for various audio and video formats as well as DVDs, VCDs, and various streaming protocols without external codec or program.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;It can also be used as a server to stream in unicast or multicast in IPv4 or IPv6 on a high-bandwidth network.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;VLC can play:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    * MPEG-1, MPEG-2 and MPEG-4 / DivX files from a hard disk, a CD-ROM drive, and so on&lt;br /&gt;    * DVDs, VCDs, and Audio CDs&lt;br /&gt;    * From satellite cards (DVB-S)&lt;br /&gt;    * Several types of network streams: UDP/RTP Unicast, UDP/RTP Multicast, HTTP, RTSP, MMS, etc.&lt;br /&gt;    * From acquisition or encoding cards (on GNU/Linux and Windows only)</description><link>http://trusted22.blogspot.com/2011/08/vlc-media-player-1111.html</link><author>noreply@blogger.com (TRUSTED SOFTWARE)</author><media:thumbnail xmlns:media="http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/" url="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjwLRmjSl98WT6MGou7BuD-0_HT2cz79Qpc3POxZPN6lqIHVSkHRvkjONiHNkHTTzkCWHMLxMnhyphenhyphenLXah2J8IR7rv-_cvoW3csN4Zp9ZlArrKB7T-GWkL6Kf-_V4wz_KPNG4wXpUYOLXlZQ/s72-c/images+3.jpg" height="72" width="72"/><thr:total>0</thr:total></item><item><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8178415316263789628.post-3232121988444740947</guid><pubDate>Fri, 29 Jul 2011 10:13:00 +0000</pubDate><atom:updated>2011-07-29T03:19:18.010-07:00</atom:updated><title>How to Repair a dead laptop</title><description>&lt;a onblur=&quot;try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}&quot; href=&quot;https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEi6iodVHaWwTOE80R09xmggFIsIzRycw9mLmNnGxJHEKvSoJjkJNW3UYrnIqohyDt4ZF_0VyJKQ5T8tpVN1pRYDntSd18jo_pozyThlarzO2MSUDUTHbywmN7KuBMdLM09nGSQMTurN1kw/s1600/images+3.jpeg&quot;&gt;&lt;img style=&quot;float:left; margin:0 10px 10px 0;cursor:pointer; cursor:hand;width: 108px; height: 106px;&quot; src=&quot;https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEi6iodVHaWwTOE80R09xmggFIsIzRycw9mLmNnGxJHEKvSoJjkJNW3UYrnIqohyDt4ZF_0VyJKQ5T8tpVN1pRYDntSd18jo_pozyThlarzO2MSUDUTHbywmN7KuBMdLM09nGSQMTurN1kw/s320/images+3.jpeg&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;id=&quot;BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5634716804332585970&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Dead Laptop Battery&lt;br /&gt;Two weeks ago PCMech had an article on &quot;how to revive a dead laptop battery&quot;. (Read the article if you want to try to revive a battery).&lt;br /&gt;I used two laptop batteries from two different laptops to tested this theory.&lt;br /&gt;The first battery is very old, made in 1997 from an old IBM T-23, it would charge up in about fifteen minutes and discharge in ten.&lt;br /&gt;The second battery is fairly new from an old IBM T-30 it would charge up in about an hour and a half and discharge at a little over two hours.&lt;br /&gt;First step is to put the batteries in the freezer for twelve to fourteen hours (basically over night) then charge and discharge the batteries four or five times.&lt;br /&gt;My tests:&lt;br /&gt;IBM T-23:&lt;br /&gt; 1st charge took 1 hour 25 minutes, discharge 1 hour 5 minutes&lt;br /&gt; 2nd charge took 1 hour 50 minutes, discharge 1 hour 45 minutes&lt;br /&gt; 3rd charge took 1 hour 05 minutes, discharge 45 minutes&lt;br /&gt; 4th charge took 1 hour 20 minutes, discharge 1 hour 17 minutes&lt;br /&gt;With the last charge I left the battery in the laptop for 3 days and repeated the discharge/charge test:&lt;br /&gt;Discharge took 1 hour 20 minutes, charge 1 hour 17 minutes, final discharge 1 hour 17 minutes.&lt;br /&gt;IBM T-30:&lt;br /&gt; 1st charge took 1 hour 02 minutes, discharge 1 hour 0 minutes&lt;br /&gt; 2nd charge took 1 hour 15 minutes, discharge 37  minutes&lt;br /&gt; 3rd charge took 1 hour 05 minutes, discharge 45 minutes&lt;br /&gt; 4th charge took 1 hour 03 minutes, discharge  44 minutes&lt;br /&gt;Note: The T-30 is my firewall/proxy server and was in a mini-docking station and draws more power than indicated, the discharge time would be closer to 1 hour&lt;br /&gt;45 minutes.&lt;br /&gt;What does this ‘freezing’ the battery do?&lt;br /&gt;By freezing the battery it removes the built up memory by charging a battery for a short time then using the battery. Over time this build up of memory of where the last charge started shortens the discharge time. An older battery also has the chemicals in the battery depleted with out doing any physical testing of the chemicals (not knowing the original amounts of each individual chemical – manufacture proprietary information) it is unknown if the freezing causes the chemical compounds to revert back to their original state.&lt;br /&gt;The T-23 battery would vary in the charge and discharge time so this would suggest that the chemicals are not reverting back to their original state.&lt;br /&gt;The T-30 battery was consistent with a brand new battery in that if fully charged it would last from 1.5 to 2 hours (also note this laptop has been upgraded with a faster processor, more memory, and that is somewhat offset by having a 32 GB SSD [which draws less power] ).&lt;br /&gt;Because the T-30 is my firewall/proxy server I can’t be bouncing it willy-nilly to do these test so the next series of batteries will be T-23 batteries (six or so of them) some of them are so dead they will not charge, this will be a very good test, will add my results to the comments section.&lt;br /&gt;Here is a page where I used a program to find out how much life was left in some batteries I tested: Laptop battery tests&lt;br /&gt;I have one more test and that is on my cell phone battery. I have two batteries both of the same age but one was not used as much as the original battery. The original battery will last approximately two days, the second battery will last approximately four days.&lt;br /&gt;This will work on a Cell Phone battery as well, the old battery would die in a day before freezing, after the third recharge it has lasted over four days and that is with use. It is now on it’s forth recharge.&lt;br /&gt;Find more tutorials for Laptop troubleshooting steps and checklists here.&lt;br /&gt;If this post made you say “Ohh … yea!”, please spread the word via that retweet button below.&lt;br /&gt;Go ahead, post your input as a comment below. I’ll be reading every single one.&lt;br /&gt;This entry was posted in Hardware Discussion and tagged battery, charge, Dead, DIY Computer Repair, laptop,revive. Bookmark the permalink.&lt;br /&gt;← Ze BIOS Is Corrupt!&lt;br /&gt;OUCH! Your Computer Should Not Be To Hot To Touch! →&lt;br /&gt;Leave a Reply&lt;br /&gt;You must be logged in to post a comment.&lt;br /&gt;• Like this blog?&lt;br /&gt;You will love the newsletter, Fix It Newsletter a free once a month publication with computer news on upgrades, new products, and everyday problems no one else is talking about.&lt;br /&gt;Never miss a post here again! When you signup for the monthly newsletter you also get automatic updates from this blog! Two for one, how cool is that? &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Bonus &lt;br /&gt;A new Troubleshooting Guide once a month &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Fix It! YourDIY Computer Repair Newsletter!&lt;br /&gt;Click here to get your free copy of Fix It! &lt;br /&gt;________________________________________&lt;br /&gt;• The 24/7 Tech Support You Need – When YOU Need It!&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;________________________________________&lt;br /&gt;• Get the latest from fix-it-blog with this RSS Feed&lt;br /&gt;   RSS Feed for fix-it-blog.com&lt;br /&gt;• Login&lt;br /&gt;Username:&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;Password:&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;  Remember me&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt; Register&lt;br /&gt; Lost your password?&lt;br /&gt;• Free Computer E-Courses&lt;br /&gt;________________________________________&lt;br /&gt;The Free Computer E-Courses are for all levels of experience. If you are a novice or are a professional the e-courses presented here will help you better understand what is going on under the cover of your computer.Sign up here: Free Computer E-Courses &lt;br /&gt;________________________________________&lt;br /&gt;• Categories&lt;br /&gt;                    &lt;br /&gt;• ________________________________________&lt;br /&gt;• Free Checklists&lt;br /&gt;Never miss a step when doing one of these three tasks!&lt;br /&gt;________________________________________&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;• DIY Computer Repair Products&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;________________________________________&lt;br /&gt;DIY Computer Repair Library &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Great for the Novice, the Intermediate, or Pro Do It Yourselfer. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;All current DIY Computer Repair publications on one CD.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Self Computer Repair Unleashed!&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Get off that wheel of paid&lt;br /&gt;of computer repair, DIY!&lt;br /&gt;   &lt;br /&gt;Now only $47 &lt;br /&gt;And with four excellent bonuses! &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Windows 7 Ultimate Guide &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Build a Server Guide &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;• Follow me on Twitter.&lt;br /&gt;• ________________________________________&lt;br /&gt;•   DIY Computer Repair Fix It Blog&lt;br /&gt; Dead Laptop Battery? Save It!July 11, 2011&lt;br /&gt;Two weeks ago PCMech had an article on &quot;how to revive a dead laptop battery&quot;. (Read the article if you want to try to revive a battery). I used two laptop batteries from two different laptops to tested this theory. Continue reading → […]&lt;br /&gt;Monte&lt;br /&gt; Ze BIOS Is Corrupt! July 8, 2011&lt;br /&gt;To upgrade the BIOS or to leave it alone is the question. Recently a question was asked about a keyboard problem with at laptop on the Q and A of the main web site, you can read it here: Laptop Keyboard doesn&#39;t work. The gist of the problem was the BIOS was corrupt. Now how did that happen? Continue reading → […]&lt;br /&gt;Monte&lt;br /&gt; What is the FileHider Virus?July 6, 2011&lt;br /&gt;A question that has a lot of popularity in my Q &amp; A forum is about a virus that sets the &quot;Hidden&quot; attribute on files and folders, then locks out the Explorer from removing the hidden attribute. Before you reset the attribute you have to eradicate the virus, make sense? Continue reading → […]&lt;br /&gt;Monte&lt;br /&gt; Drivers Driving You Nuts? July 4, 2011&lt;br /&gt;Drivers, Driver Signing, Missing Drivers, Corrupt Drivers, Out of Date Drivers... Every since ATI made the first VGA Video card and drivers they have been driving me nuts. Then Creative Labs made their sound card and the drivers! Sheeeeessshhh. Over the years there have been attempts at making drivers universal that is one video driver for all video cards, o […]&lt;br /&gt;Monte&lt;br /&gt; Newsletter or Ezine? July 1, 2011&lt;br /&gt;Who likes to receive newsletters or Ezines? I subscribe to about six of them because I am interested in the topics. Two are about web sites and web site maintenance, one is about bread (you know the stuff we eat), one is about RV&#39;s, and one about blogs. Continue reading → […]&lt;br /&gt;Monte&lt;br /&gt;• ________________________________________&lt;br /&gt;• Tags&lt;br /&gt;backup BIOS BSOD computerdata DIY Computer Repair DNS encryptEncryption file firewall floppy drive GPO hard drivehardware image laptop Linuxmemory motherboard NICOperating System Operating Systems Optimization OSpassword performance power supply processor proxy Registryrouter security server softwareSSD Task ManagerTroubleshooting upgradeUpgrading virus Vista VPNWindows 7 XP&lt;br /&gt;• &lt;br /&gt;• Where does the smart DIY person find one-on-one support? &lt;br /&gt;Why in the DIY Members Only section of course!&lt;br /&gt;• diy-computer-repair.com is dedicated to helping you troublshoot, repair, upgrade, and build your own computer, saving you money.&lt;br /&gt;• Copyright 2006-2011 www.diy-computer-repair.com All Rights Reserved A divison of M&amp;P Russell Enterprises LLC Webmaster @ diy-computer-repair.com&lt;br /&gt;• I use AWeber for all my EMail Subscriptions &lt;br /&gt;You may want to try this excellent service also.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Proudly powered by WordPress.&lt;br /&gt;Content Protected Using Blog Protector By: PcDrome.</description><link>http://trusted22.blogspot.com/2011/07/how-to-repair-dead-laptop.html</link><author>noreply@blogger.com (TRUSTED SOFTWARE)</author><media:thumbnail xmlns:media="http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/" url="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEi6iodVHaWwTOE80R09xmggFIsIzRycw9mLmNnGxJHEKvSoJjkJNW3UYrnIqohyDt4ZF_0VyJKQ5T8tpVN1pRYDntSd18jo_pozyThlarzO2MSUDUTHbywmN7KuBMdLM09nGSQMTurN1kw/s72-c/images+3.jpeg" height="72" width="72"/><thr:total>0</thr:total></item><item><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8178415316263789628.post-4991186947979326927</guid><pubDate>Fri, 29 Jul 2011 10:13:00 +0000</pubDate><atom:updated>2011-07-29T03:13:13.963-07:00</atom:updated><title>How Memory Work</title><description>&lt;a onblur=&quot;try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}&quot; href=&quot;https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgEhcX4YevzSA4AA-eGk6NMa-G8LFz4GXmQtFIiqNk9J0ofu_d86-6c8jJbN-OvdTVc4W_u3ltjhFah_sUIz49BtpBDODaqaJ9Stcp-rLV4ArQ5iRVtoPASXPpJ3BCfVQ-xTNRG4Z0ZdVM/s1600/images+3.jpeg&quot;&gt;&lt;img style=&quot;float:left; margin:0 10px 10px 0;cursor:pointer; cursor:hand;width: 150px; height: 113px;&quot; src=&quot;https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgEhcX4YevzSA4AA-eGk6NMa-G8LFz4GXmQtFIiqNk9J0ofu_d86-6c8jJbN-OvdTVc4W_u3ltjhFah_sUIz49BtpBDODaqaJ9Stcp-rLV4ArQ5iRVtoPASXPpJ3BCfVQ-xTNRG4Z0ZdVM/s320/images+3.jpeg&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;id=&quot;BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5634715019840044322&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The memory you use in your computer is an extremely powerful tool for storing and transferring data inside your computer. In this article we will look at how the memory actually performs these operations.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Memory Theory - Just Get This if Nothing Else&lt;br /&gt;A commonly used analogy for the performance difference in RAM and hard drive storage is that of a desk compared to a file cabinet. Your hard drive can be thought of as a file cabinet. It can hold a great deal of information and documents, but it often takes quite a while to retrieve what you&#39;re looking for inside of one. Memory, on the other hand, can be thought of like your desk. It can only hold a few key documents, but if you&#39;re constantly referring to the same few documents over and over, it makes more sense to have them within reach than to take them in and out of your file cabinet every few minutes. The time it saves to have these useful documents at hand, rather than having to walk to the file cabinet every few minutes, can become very significant. The same holds true for your computer. Being able to store more important documents in your extremely fast computer memory can save you a great deal of time while working.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Memory Cells&lt;br /&gt;Each memory chip on a module contains millions of transistors and capacitors, which combine to store a single bit of data in a memory cell. The capacitor acts as a holding cell for the data, which is either a 0 or a 1, and the transistor allows the memory circuitry to read or change the value of the data held in the capacitor.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Random Access Memory Arrays/Grids&lt;br /&gt;These transistors and capacitors are organized in the memory chip in what can be thought of as a grid, with rows and columns like on a chessboard, but with millions or billions of squares. The most common type of computer memory, RAM (Random Access Memory), is called Random because it can store data temporarily anywhere on the grid. Being able to store and retrieve data anywhere on the grid, rather than having to write and read data in sequence each operation, allows it to operate much faster than if it had to search through all of its stored data from the beginning to find what it&#39;s looking for. For example, imagine that you are reading a book. Now imagine if you had to start over and re-read the book from the beginning to get to the point you stopped, rather than being able to place a bookmark and start from there the next time you pick up a book. This is why Random Access Memory is an optimal solution for storing data temporarily.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Dynamic vs. Static RAM&lt;br /&gt;The most common type of memory for use in computers is called DRAM (Dynamic Random Access Memory). DRAM is called Dynamic because unlike a hard drive, every time power is removed from the memory (such as when a computer is turned off), all data stored in the memory is lost. Another type of RAM, known as SRAM (Static Random Access Memory) maintains data as long as power is supplied to it and doesn&#39;t need to be refreshed like DRAM does. However, it is larger and much more expensive than DRAM, so it is only used in limited situations, such as cache memory, which will be discussed later.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Computer Memory&lt;br /&gt;When a computer user wants to perform an action, such as write a new document, several interactions must take place to achieve this. First, the system&#39;s CPU (Central Processing Unit), which acts as the brain of the computer, calls upon the hard drive to load data relating to the program being accessed into the system&#39;s memory. The reason that program data is loaded into memory, rather than being accessed from the hard drive only, is that the transfer speed of the hard drive is about 60,000 times slower than memory access speeds! The memory acts as a temporary holding cell for instructions and data relating to the program you&#39;re using. Once the necessary data is loaded into memory, the CPU can call directly upon the memory for data it needs to perform operations, which allows the system to run smoothly and quickly.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Other Memory Related Components&lt;br /&gt;The data transfer between the CPU, hard drive and memory is coordinated by the chipset, which is a component on the motherboard that acts like a traffic controller between most of the major pieces of hardware in a system. It directs data where it needs to go and handles requests between different pieces of hardware. A part of the chipset is the memory controller, which specifically controls the data flowing between the memory and CPU.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The actual data transfer between the CPU and memory occurs along the system&#39;s FSB (frontside bus), which can be thought of as a highway for data. The bus is a collection of wires running between the CPU and memory along which data signals are sent. Even though the CPU performs the bulk of the calculations in a system, memory performance is extremely important since the CPU relies on data stored in the memory. This is why the faster the memory, the better the system performance overall.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Cache Memory&lt;br /&gt;Besides the system memory, the CPU also uses a type of memory called cache memory. This is a very small amount of memory located either on or very close to the CPU, which supplies the CPU with the most-accessed data. It is made of SRAM, which is high-speed memory that does not need to refresh its contents regularly, as DRAM does. It is many times faster than normal memory but is very expensive to produce, which is why it is only used sparingly. Cache memory stores the data that is accessed the most regularly by the CPU so that the CPU doesn&#39;t have to wait for the slower system memory every time it wants to access data.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The cache memory operates on the &quot;80/20&quot; rule, which says that in general, 20% of the data in a system will be used 80% of the time. Cache memory attempts to store this top 20%, and when a certain piece of data is being accessed more often than an item currently in the cache, the cache will drop the least-often used data and store the new piece of information. There are usually two levels of cache memory, Level 1 and Level 2. Level 1 cache is closest to the CPU, usually on the CPU itself, and is the fastest memory. Level 2 can either be on the CPU or the motherboard, and while still faster than memory modules, is slightly slower than the Level 1.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Memory Interleaving&lt;br /&gt;An advanced feature of some motherboards in recent years is memory interleaving. Interleaving allows for more efficient data transfer from the memory by eliminating delays that existed previously. These delays are caused because whenever data is transferred from a memory bank (link glossaryBank def. 2), it takes about one clock cycle to recover and perform another operation. Interleaving alternates between banks of memory so that when one bank is recovering the other can be transferring data. This eliminates gaps in data transfer. This delay sounds small, but after millions of these transfers it can really boost system performance.</description><link>http://trusted22.blogspot.com/2011/07/how-memory-work.html</link><author>noreply@blogger.com (TRUSTED SOFTWARE)</author><media:thumbnail xmlns:media="http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/" url="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgEhcX4YevzSA4AA-eGk6NMa-G8LFz4GXmQtFIiqNk9J0ofu_d86-6c8jJbN-OvdTVc4W_u3ltjhFah_sUIz49BtpBDODaqaJ9Stcp-rLV4ArQ5iRVtoPASXPpJ3BCfVQ-xTNRG4Z0ZdVM/s72-c/images+3.jpeg" height="72" width="72"/><thr:total>0</thr:total></item><item><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8178415316263789628.post-560200275631927826</guid><pubDate>Fri, 29 Jul 2011 10:03:00 +0000</pubDate><atom:updated>2011-07-29T03:09:09.868-07:00</atom:updated><category domain="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#">MICROSOFT</category><title>HOW TO INSTALL MICROSOFT OFFICE 2010</title><description>&lt;a onblur=&quot;try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}&quot; href=&quot;https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhtRPNkkYuDmrvn04Syn68nRtN1u0NlW1BnbAk0XxITXYQz3iGIvNRi6uLiwN0Fd8lu6hLtaHj4BdFSzn9kyldEJspw-62cbDI5QDKwfEa8IxUbmEyHaxieeTRr8q2xmbHs4ncaMiSzOmU/s1600/images+3.jpeg&quot;&gt;&lt;img style=&quot;float:left; margin:0 10px 10px 0;cursor:pointer; cursor:hand;width: 124px; height: 93px;&quot; src=&quot;https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhtRPNkkYuDmrvn04Syn68nRtN1u0NlW1BnbAk0XxITXYQz3iGIvNRi6uLiwN0Fd8lu6hLtaHj4BdFSzn9kyldEJspw-62cbDI5QDKwfEa8IxUbmEyHaxieeTRr8q2xmbHs4ncaMiSzOmU/s320/images+3.jpeg&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;id=&quot;BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5634714208096261362&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Activate Microsoft Office programs&lt;br /&gt;The following information is provided to help you to activate your Microsoft Office 2010 programs. For troubleshooting information, visit the Microsoft Help and Support site.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If you are using this computer at work or as part of an organization, you might be using a volume edition of Microsoft Office 2010. For information about activating by using a volume  &lt;br /&gt;license, see Activate volume editions of Microsoft Office.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In this article&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; How do I activate my Microsoft Office programs?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; How do I activate at a later time?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; How can I tell whether my software has been activated?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; What is a trial version?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; What does convert mean?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; What is activation, grace period, and reduced functionality?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; What if I am using this computer using at work or as part of an organization?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; What if I am using Office Starter 2010?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;How do I activate my Microsoft Office programs?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;When you start your Office program for the first time after installation, you are prompted to enter your Product Key, if you have not already done so during Setup.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Activate over the Internet or by phone&lt;br /&gt;When you enter your valid Product Key, the Activation Wizard automatically runs and it gives you two choices on how to proceed:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Activate by using the Internet   The Activation Wizard automatically contacts the Microsoft licensing servers through your Internet connection. If you are using a valid Product Key that has  &lt;br /&gt;not already been used for the allowed number of installations, your product is activated immediately.&lt;br /&gt;When you activate through the Internet, your product ID (derived from the installation Product Key) is sent to Microsoft. A response (the confirmation ID) is sent back to your computer to  &lt;br /&gt;activate your product. If you choose to activate your product through the Internet and you are not already connected, the wizard alerts you that there is no connection.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Activate by using the telephone   You can telephone an Activation Center and activate your product with the help of a customer service representative.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Important  Activation Center numbers are not listed in this article, because there are many numbers, and the correct number for you is based on several factors. Microsoft software can be  &lt;br /&gt;obtained under various licenses, including individual retail licenses, original equipment manufacturer (OEM) licenses, and volume licenses. Telephone numbers vary by product license and  &lt;br /&gt;country/region. In step 2 of the Activation Wizard, use the telephone number provided to call the Microsoft Activation Center.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Telephone activation might take longer than activation through the Internet. You should be at your computer when you call, and you should have your software Product Key available.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In the Activation Wizard, select the country/region where you reside and where you plan to use the product.&lt;br /&gt;The wizard provides one or more telephone numbers.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Call the Activation Center.&lt;br /&gt;The customer service representative asks you for your installation ID (displayed on your screen) and other relevant information. After your installation ID is verified, you receive a  &lt;br /&gt;confirmation ID.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In the Activation Wizard, type the confirmation ID in the spaces provided at the bottom of the screen, and then press ENTER.&lt;br /&gt; Notes  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Telephone activation is not available for Trial and Subscription versions.&lt;br /&gt;Microsoft Text Telephone (TT/TTY) services are available for individuals who are deaf or hard of hearing. In the United States, using a TT/TTY modem, dial (800) 718-1599. From outside the  &lt;br /&gt;United States, using a TT/TTY modem, dial (716) 871-6859. TT/TTY service is only available in English.&lt;br /&gt; Top of Page&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;How do I activate at a later time?&lt;br /&gt;If you don&#39;t want to activate your copy of the software when you install it, you can activate it later.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If you have a problem with your activation, contact a customer service representative by using the telephone number provided in the wizard. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; Note    Telephone support is not available for Trial and Subscription versions. Therefore, the wizard does not provide a telephone number for either of these versions.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Click the File tab.&lt;br /&gt;Click Help, and then click Activate Product Key.&lt;br /&gt;Follow the instructions in the Activation Wizard.&lt;br /&gt;When the wizard finishes, exit the Office program, and then restart it.&lt;br /&gt; Note    If you click Activate Product Key again before you exit and restart your Office program, you see a message saying that This product has already been activated.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Repeat steps 1 through 4 for any Activate Product Key button that you see.&lt;br /&gt; Top of Page&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;How can I tell whether my software has been activated?&lt;br /&gt;Click the File tab.&lt;br /&gt;Click Help.&lt;br /&gt;If you don&#39;t see an Activate Product Key button, your software has been activated.&lt;br /&gt;If you do see an Activate Product Key button, your software hasn&#39;t been activated. You should follow the instructions in the &quot;How do I activate at a later time&quot; section.&lt;br /&gt; Top of Page&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;What is a trial version?&lt;br /&gt;A trial version allows you to evaluate the Office 2010 for a limited amount of time, typically 30 or 60 days.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; Note    Some trial versions cannot be converted to the full product. In such cases, you must uninstall the trial version and install the full product separately.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; Top of Page&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;What does convert mean?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Convert means you have finished evaluating a trial version and have decided to purchase the full product. You are prompted to provide a Product Key that you already have or will purchase  &lt;br /&gt;online.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; Top of Page&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;What is activation, grace period, and reduced functionality?&lt;br /&gt;To continue to use all of the features of your product, you must activate the product. Microsoft Product Activation is a Microsoft anti-piracy technology that verifies software products are  &lt;br /&gt;legitimately licensed.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Activation   This process verifies the Product Key, which you must supply to install the product, is in use on computers permitted by the software license.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Grace period   Before you enter a valid Product Key, you can run the software for 30 days, which is the grace period. During the grace period, certain features or programs may be enabled  &lt;br /&gt;that are not included in the product you have purchased. After you enter a valid Product Key, you will see only the programs and features you have purchased.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Reduced Functionality mode   After the grace period, if you have not entered a valid Product Key, the software goes into Reduced Functionality mode. In Reduced Functionality mode, your  &lt;br /&gt;software behaves similarly to a viewer. You cannot save modifications to documents or create new documents, and functionality might be reduced. No existing files or documents are  &lt;br /&gt;harmed in Reduced Functionality mode. After you enter your Product Key and activate your software, you will have full functionality for the programs and features you purchased.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; Top of Page&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;What if I am using this computer using at work or as part of an organization?&lt;br /&gt;If you are using this computer at work or as part of an organization, you might be using a volume edition of Microsoft Office 2010. For information about activating by using a volume  &lt;br /&gt;license, see Activate volume editions of Microsoft Office.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; Top of Page&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;What if I am using Office Starter 2010?&lt;br /&gt;If you are using Microsoft Office Starter 2010, the software came pre-installed on your computer. Office Starter 2010 is already activated, and there is no Product Key for you to enter.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; Top of Page&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Locate the Product ID for your Office program&lt;br /&gt;The Product ID is specific to your Microsoft Office 2010 license and is verified during product activation. After your Office program has been activated, do the following to see the Product  &lt;br /&gt;ID:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Click the File tab, and then click Help.&lt;br /&gt;The Product ID appears under the About &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Activate volume editions of Microsoft Office&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;There are two types of activation methods for Microsoft Office 2010: Multiple Activation Key (MAK) and Key Management Service (KMS). Your system administrator can tell you which type of  &lt;br /&gt;activation you must do. If you do not have a system administrator, most likely you must activate by using MAK.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If you must activate by using MAK, you must get a MAK key or your administrator must give you a MAK key.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If you must activate by using KMS, your administrator must troubleshoot the KMS host and your computer. For more information, contact your system administrator.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;What do you want to do?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; Activate by using Multiple Activation Key (MAK)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; Activate by using Key Management Service (KMS)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; How can I tell whether my software has been activated?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; What is Multiple Activation Key (MAK)?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; What is Key Management Service (KMS)?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Activate by using Multiple Activation Key (MAK)&lt;br /&gt;Click Change Product Key, and then enter a MAK key.&lt;br /&gt; Note    The Change Product Key link can also be found by clicking the File tab, and then clicking Help.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If you select the Attempt to automatically activate my product using the Internet check box, complete the Product Key entry process.&lt;br /&gt;Restart your Office program.&lt;br /&gt;Click the File tab, and then click Help.&lt;br /&gt;If you see Licensed Product, the product has been activated.&lt;br /&gt;If you do not select the box to activate automatically, you are prompted to activate the next time you open an Office program.&lt;br /&gt;Activate over the Internet or by phone&lt;br /&gt;When you enter your valid Product Key, the Activation Wizard automatically runs and it gives you two choices on how to continue:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Activate by using the Internet   The Activation Wizard automatically contacts the Microsoft activation servers through your Internet connection. If you are using a valid Product Key that has  &lt;br /&gt;not already been used for the allowed number of installations, your product is activated immediately. When you activate through the Internet, your product ID, derived from the installation  &lt;br /&gt;Product Key, and hardware information is sent to Microsoft, but this information is not used to identify or contact you. For more information, see the Privacy Statement. A response, the  &lt;br /&gt;confirmation ID, is sent back to your computer to activate your product. If you choose to activate your product through the Internet and you are not already connected, the wizard alerts you  &lt;br /&gt;that there is no connection.&lt;br /&gt;Activate by using the telephone   You can telephone an Activation Center and activate your product with the help of a customer service representative.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Important  Activation Center numbers are not listed in this article, because there are many numbers, and the correct number for you is based on several factors. Microsoft software can be  &lt;br /&gt;obtained under various licenses, including individual retail licenses, original equipment manufacturer (OEM) licenses, and volume licenses. Telephone numbers vary by product license and  &lt;br /&gt;country/region. In step 2 of the Activation Wizard, use the telephone number provided to call the Microsoft Activation Center. Telephone activation might take longer than activation through  &lt;br /&gt;the Internet. You should be at your computer when you call, and you should have your software Product Key available.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In the Activation Wizard, select the country/region where you reside and where you plan to use the product. The wizard provides one or more telephone numbers.&lt;br /&gt;Call the Activation Center. The customer service representative asks you for your installation ID, displayed on your screen, and other relevant information. After your installation ID is  &lt;br /&gt;verified, you receive a confirmation ID.&lt;br /&gt;In the Activation Wizard, type the confirmation ID in the spaces provided at the bottom of the screen, and then press ENTER.&lt;br /&gt; Note    Microsoft Text Telephone (TT/TTY) services are available for individuals who are deaf or hard of hearing. In the United States, using a TT/TTY modem, dial (800) 718-1599. From  &lt;br /&gt;outside the United States, using a TT/TTY modem, dial (716) 871-6859. TT/TTY service is only available in English.&lt;br /&gt; Top of Page&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Activate by using Key Management Service (KMS)&lt;br /&gt;If you are using Key Management Service (KMS) activation, ask your system administrator for help. KMS activation occurs in the background. You do not have to do anything to activate.  &lt;br /&gt;The error code in the dialog box might provide a reason for why Office is not activated.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; Top of Page&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;How can I tell whether my software has been activated?&lt;br /&gt;Click the File tab.&lt;br /&gt;Click Help.&lt;br /&gt;If you see Licensed Product, your program has been activated.&lt;br /&gt; Top of Page&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;What is Multiple Activation Key (MAK)?&lt;br /&gt;A unique Multiple Activation Key (MAK) key is given to each organization for each volume edition of Microsoft Office 2010. Each computer must then activate once with the activation servers  &lt;br /&gt;hosted by Microsoft. Associated with each key is a count of the number of activations. For example, a MAK key for a Microsoft Office 2010 product with 100 activations allows the  &lt;br /&gt;organization to install the same key on multiple computers and use up to 100 activations in total.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;MAK is appropriate for organizations with computers that are not connected to the corporate network for long periods of time, such as portable computers. For this to work, a MAK key must  &lt;br /&gt;be installed instead of the default KMS client key that is used in volume license editions of Microsoft Office 2010.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;With MAK activation, there is no requirement to periodically renew activation. You must reactivate if significant hardware changes are detected. In addition, you must request more activation  &lt;br /&gt;allowances after the number of activations passes the predetermined limit. You have to manage the installation of MAKs and the potential need to manually activate systems by using a  &lt;br /&gt;telephone when no Internet connection is available.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;No functionality is lost even if the licenses for MAK clients cannot be renewed. Upon successful activation, users no longer receive notifications.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; Top of Page&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;What is Key Management Service (KMS)?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Key Management Service (KMS) allows product activations on the local network. This eliminates the need for individual computers to connect to Microsoft for product activation. A  &lt;br /&gt;computer is required to be configured as a KMS host. The administrator has to enter a KMS host key for the KMS host. The KMS host key has to be activated and connect once to Microsoft  &lt;br /&gt;hosted servers for activation.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;By default, the KMS client key has already been installed in volume editions of Microsoft Office 2010 programs. Computers running volume editions of Microsoft Office 2010 by using a KMS  &lt;br /&gt;client key are called KMS clients, and they connect to an organization&#39;s KMS host to request activation. No action is required of the end user, and you do not have to enter a Product Key for  &lt;br /&gt;KMS clients. The system administrator must activate the KMS host with Microsoft and configure the KMS host. The KMS client can also be configured for variable lengths of re-activation  &lt;br /&gt;and renewal periods.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If a KMS client cannot activate, the end user sees a notification dialog box 25 days after installation of Microsoft Office 2010. If a KMS client has been absent from the network for longer than  &lt;br /&gt;180 days after successful activation, the user sees unlicensed notifications and a red title bar when you start Microsoft Office 2010. However, there is no functionality loss even if the  &lt;br /&gt;licenses for KMS clients cannot be renewed. Upon successful activation, users no longer receive notifications.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The Microsoft Office 2010 KMS clients activate by connecting to a KMS host based on a client–server topology. KMS clients can locate KMS hosts by using Domain Name System (DNS) or by  &lt;br /&gt;setting the KMS host name in the registry. KMS clients contact the host by using a remote procedure call (RPC). The activation process is invisible to the end user and does not require any  &lt;br /&gt;interaction.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; Top of Page&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Choose the 32-bit or 64-bit version of Microsoft Office&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;By default, Microsoft Office 2010 installs the 32-bit version of Office 2010 even if your computer is running 64-bit editions of Windows.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; Note    If you already have a 64-bit version of Office installed on your computer running a 64-bit operating system, the default installation is the 64-bit version of Office.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Office 2010 provides support for the 32-bit version of Office 2010 programs running on 64-bit operating systems by using WOW64, a compatibility environment provided by the operating  &lt;br /&gt;system that allows a 32-bit application to run on a Windows 64-bit operating system. Using the 32-bit version of Office 2010 allows people to continue to use existing third-party add-ins for  &lt;br /&gt;Office that are 32-bit.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The 32-bit version of Office 2010 is the recommended option for most users, because it prevents potential compatibility issues with other 32-bit applications, specifically third-party add-ins  &lt;br /&gt;that are available only for 32-bit operating systems.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Learn more about the 64-bit version of Office&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; What is in the 32-bit version of Office but is not included in the 64-bit version of Office?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; Compatibility with existing Office files and solutions&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; Operating systems required to run 64-bit version of Office&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; Install the 64-bit version of Office&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;What is in the 32-bit version of Office but is not included in the 64-bit version of Office?&lt;br /&gt;ActiveX controls library, ComCtl   This library contains ActiveX controls that are used to build solutions. It is most commonly used in the following Microsoft Office programs: Access, Excel,  &lt;br /&gt;and Word.&lt;br /&gt;SharePoint List control   The list view in SharePoint Technology is not available to people using the 64-bit version of Office.&lt;br /&gt;3-D PivotChart views in Excel   Three-dimensional (3-D) PivotChart views in Excel are not available in the 64-bit version of Office. Two-dimensional (2-D) charts are available.&lt;br /&gt; Top of Page&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Compatibility with existing Office files and solutions&lt;br /&gt; Note    The 64-bit version of Office 2010 is not compatible with any other 32-bit version of Office programs. As a result, you must first uninstall all 32-bit version of Office programs before  &lt;br /&gt;you install the 64-bit version of Office 2010. The Office 2010 disc includes both 32- and 64-bit versions of Office 2010. To install 64-bit Office 2010, you must run Setup.exe from the x64  &lt;br /&gt;folder. For more information, see Install the 64-bit version of Office.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;ActiveX controls library, ComCtl   Any solutions that use these controls do not work. No good alternatives are available for some of these controls.&lt;br /&gt;Third-party ActiveX controls and add-ins   None of these work with the 64-bit version of Office.&lt;br /&gt; Note    There is no 64-bit version of Visual Basic 6. As a result, many of these objects need to be ported and rewritten.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Visual Basic for Applications   The only way that Microsoft Visual Basic for Applications (VBA) that contains the Declare statement work in the 64-bit version of Office is if you update the  &lt;br /&gt;code manually.&lt;br /&gt;Compiled Access databases   The .MDE and .ACCDE files, a common way for Access application developers to distribute solutions and protect their intellectually property, do not work in  &lt;br /&gt;the 64-bit version of Office. You must contact the application vendor to have the vendor recompile, retest, and redistribute the solution in the 64-bit version.&lt;br /&gt;Messaging Application Programming Interface (MAPI) calls   If you install the 64-bit version of Office, integration with Microsoft Office Communicator is lost, because Communicator is not  &lt;br /&gt;64-bit and MAPI calls do not go across the 32-/64-bit boundary. This might also apply to applications that integrate with Microsoft Outlook.&lt;br /&gt; Top of Page&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Operating systems required to run 64-bit version of Office&lt;br /&gt;Your computer must be running at least 64-bit edition Windows Vista or 64-bit edition Windows Server 2008.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; Top of Page&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Install&lt;br /&gt;Install the 64-bit version of Office&lt;br /&gt;For people who want to install the 64-bit version Office 2010 programs on a computer that is running either 64-bit editions of Windows Vista or 64-bit editions of Windows Server 2008  &lt;br /&gt;operating systems, the following instructions must be followed. In addition, any add-ins you want to run for Office must also be 64-bit editions.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Important  If you already have a 64-bit version of Office installed on your computer running a 64-bit operating system, running Setup from the root folder installs the 64-bit version of Office.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If you were running Office 2010 Setup from the root folder, and you clicked Customize, click Close to exit Setup.&lt;br /&gt;When prompted, click Yes to cancel Setup, and then click Close.&lt;br /&gt;Go to the x64 folder of the Office 2010 disc, and double-click Setup.exe to run the 64-bit version of Setup.&lt;br /&gt; Top of Page&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Learn more about Office Click-to-Run&lt;br /&gt;Microsoft Office Click-to-Run uses Microsoft streaming and virtualization technology to significantly reduce the time that is required for you to download and begin experiencing the new  &lt;br /&gt;features of Microsoft Office 2010. At this time, only Microsoft Office Home and Student 2010, Microsoft Office Home and Business 2010, and Microsoft Office Starter 2010 are available by  &lt;br /&gt;using Office Click-to-Run, which include the following Office 2010 programs: Microsoft Word, Excel, PowerPoint, Outlook, OneNote, Word Starter, and Excel Starter.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;What do you want to know?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; Why would I use Office Click-to-Run?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; What operating systems are supported?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; Will my add-in work?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;`&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If you have decent Internet speed, you can be using a Microsoft Office program within minutes and have the whole program in less than a half hour. The Click-to-Run Application Manager  &lt;br /&gt;shows you the download progress. If you want to start to use an Office program, Office Click-to-Run downloads what it must have to have you running with the small delay as that is part of  &lt;br /&gt;the real-time downloads.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Some advantages of using Office Click-to-Run include the following:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;You get Office very quickly over the Internet.&lt;br /&gt;Office Click-to-Run is up to date even from the start. No need to find service packs or updates.&lt;br /&gt;Office Click-to-Run can coexist with earlier versions of Office. You can try Office Click-to-Run without changing the Office product you currently have.&lt;br /&gt; Top of Page&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;What operating systems are supported?&lt;br /&gt;The following operating systems are supported.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; Note    Office Starter 2010 requires Windows 7 or Windows Vista Service Pack 1 (SP1), 32-bit version.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Windows 7&lt;br /&gt;Windows Vista Service Pack 1 (SP1), 32-bit version&lt;br /&gt;Windows XP with Service Pack 3 (SP3), 32-bit version&lt;br /&gt; Top of Page&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Will my add-ins work?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Some add-ins might not work with Office Click-to-Run. If you rely on an add-in that does not work with Office Click-to-Run, you should install Office 2010.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; Note    Add-ins are not available in Office Starter 2010.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; Top of Page&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Add or remove text effects&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;You can change the look of your text by changing its fill, changing its outline, or adding effects, such as shadows, reflections, glows, or three-dimensional (3-D) rotations or bevels.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; Note    You can also apply text effects to WordArt.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In this article&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; Add an effect to text&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; Remove an effect from text&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Add an effect to text&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Select the text that you want to add an effect to.&lt;br /&gt;On the Home tab, in the Font group, click Text Effect.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Click the effect that you want.&lt;br /&gt;For more choices, point to Outline, Shadow, Reflection, or Glow, and then click the effect that you want to add.&lt;br /&gt; Top of Page&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Remove an effect from text&lt;br /&gt;Select the text that you want to remove an effect from.&lt;br /&gt;On the Home tab, in the Font group, click Text Effect, and then click Clear Text Effects.&lt;br /&gt; Top of Page&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;\Set the default font&lt;br /&gt;Show All&lt;br /&gt;Hide All&lt;br /&gt;When you set a default font, every new document you open will use the font settings that you selected and set as the default. The default font applies to new documents that are based on  &lt;br /&gt;the active template (template: A file or files that contain the structure and tools for shaping such elements as the style and page layout of finished files. For example, Word templates can  &lt;br /&gt;shape a single document, and FrontPage templates can shape an entire Web site.), usually Normal.dotm. You can create different templates to use different default font settings.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; Note    In Word, you can also quickly and easily format an entire document to give it a professional and modern look by applying a document theme. A document theme is a set of formatting  &lt;br /&gt;choices that can include a color scheme (a set of colors), a font scheme (a set of heading and body text fonts), and an effects scheme (a set of lines and fill effects).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Set the default font&lt;br /&gt;Start with a blank document, or if your document already contains text that is formatted with the properties that you want to use, select that text.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;On the Home tab, click the Font Dialog Box Launcher, and then click the Font tab.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Select the options that you want to apply to the default font, such as font style and font size. If you selected text in step 1, the properties of the selected text are set in the dialog box. &lt;br /&gt;Click Set As Default, and then click OK.</description><link>http://trusted22.blogspot.com/2011/07/how-to-install-microsoft-office-2010.html</link><author>noreply@blogger.com (TRUSTED SOFTWARE)</author><media:thumbnail xmlns:media="http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/" url="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhtRPNkkYuDmrvn04Syn68nRtN1u0NlW1BnbAk0XxITXYQz3iGIvNRi6uLiwN0Fd8lu6hLtaHj4BdFSzn9kyldEJspw-62cbDI5QDKwfEa8IxUbmEyHaxieeTRr8q2xmbHs4ncaMiSzOmU/s72-c/images+3.jpeg" height="72" width="72"/><thr:total>0</thr:total></item><item><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8178415316263789628.post-195398558780743195</guid><pubDate>Thu, 28 Jul 2011 11:59:00 +0000</pubDate><atom:updated>2011-07-28T05:17:27.294-07:00</atom:updated><category domain="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#">security</category><title>PASSWORD SECURITY</title><description>&lt;a onblur=&quot;try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}&quot; href=&quot;https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiB3g1PzR3VC1QZFauOqJapo1yF-FPrO0QGCzP-NjZaQsIREjZDU4Cu8f4SgGEGahtr051OOccoX6ZLaR_OyIfo3gKPvWf2AXFUCOTvppdNAgup4wMuiQl6uVv5cY7W_e6z_qrtfd2ssKI/s1600/hard+ware.gif&quot;&gt;&lt;img style=&quot;float: left; margin: 0pt 10px 10px 0pt; cursor: pointer; width: 318px; height: 320px;&quot; src=&quot;https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiB3g1PzR3VC1QZFauOqJapo1yF-FPrO0QGCzP-NjZaQsIREjZDU4Cu8f4SgGEGahtr051OOccoX6ZLaR_OyIfo3gKPvWf2AXFUCOTvppdNAgup4wMuiQl6uVv5cY7W_e6z_qrtfd2ssKI/s320/hard+ware.gif&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5634376063298216626&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This computer support password features, which can established through the computer setup utilities menu.&lt;br /&gt;This computer support two security password features that are established through the computer setup (F10 setup) utilities menu: setup password and power-on password. when you established only a setup password, any user can access all the information on the computer except computer setup (F10 setup).when you establish only a power on password the power is required to access computer setup (F10 setup) and any other information on the computer. When you established both password, only the setup password will give you access to computer setup (F10 setup)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The setup password can also be used in place of the power-on password as an override to log into the computer. This is a useful feature for a network administrator.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If you forget the password for your computer, there are two methods for clearing that password so you may gain access the information on the computer:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Resetting the password jumper&lt;br /&gt;Using the clear CMOS button.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;RESETTING THE PASSWORD JUMPER&lt;br /&gt;To disable the power on or setup password features, or to clear the power on or setup password, complete the following steps:&lt;br /&gt;1. Turn off the computer and any external devices, and disconnect the power cord from the power outlet.&lt;br /&gt;2. Disconnect the keyboard, monitor and any other external devices connected to the computer.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;WARNING	CAUTION	CAUTION&lt;br /&gt;To reduce the risk of personal injury from electrical shock and/or hot surfaces, be sure to disconnect the power cord from the wall outlet, and allow the internal system component to cool before touching.	When the computer is plugged in, the power supply always has voltage applied to the system board even when the unit is turned off. Failure to disconnect the power cord can result in the damage to the system.	Static electricity can damage the electronic component of the computer or optional equipment. Before beginning these procedure, ensure that you are discharged of static electricity by briefly touching a grounded metal object. Refer to the Safety and Regulatory Information guide for more information.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;3. Remove the computer covered or access panel.&lt;br /&gt;4. Locate the header and jumper labeled E49.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a onblur=&quot;try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}&quot; href=&quot;https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEinobNrHWs8g_jmq4pAs-RnAun0-LoWKaVxzXT0xTe173UtXX8bo_1cB_c_i_YoFCvWGO1kP1upt5kPfOMrfc6wq2UIfhNQR4To-u6eQP3JoQZuQ81QEbIWc3qp_aiv7cvT-N74e9yOHVA/s1600/images+1.jpg&quot;&gt;&lt;img style=&quot;float: left; margin: 0pt 10px 10px 0pt; cursor: pointer; width: 150px; height: 115px;&quot; src=&quot;https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEinobNrHWs8g_jmq4pAs-RnAun0-LoWKaVxzXT0xTe173UtXX8bo_1cB_c_i_YoFCvWGO1kP1upt5kPfOMrfc6wq2UIfhNQR4To-u6eQP3JoQZuQ81QEbIWc3qp_aiv7cvT-N74e9yOHVA/s320/images+1.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5634373904163352338&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Locate and identification of the Password Jumper on a Compaq Desktop EP System Board&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;a onblur=&quot;try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}&quot; href=&quot;https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgwGreVQr2M5czp0tOW3UYq0sDBhKHH8mwnztzvOLBttYn1_vGsDip7O8rxj8Uj_RsAor5TW_sqWoMSJlvQ2DEZkxmVB-sbl2opT36jq1033IG7Ak-TNV-S-E_IBVLN2BDzI4yPqaGjyhU/s1600/images+2.jpg&quot;&amp;gt;&lt;img style=&quot;float: left; margin: 0pt 10px 10px 0pt; cursor: pointer; width: 127px; height: 102px;&quot; src=&quot;https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgwGreVQr2M5czp0tOW3UYq0sDBhKHH8mwnztzvOLBttYn1_vGsDip7O8rxj8Uj_RsAor5TW_sqWoMSJlvQ2DEZkxmVB-sbl2opT36jq1033IG7Ak-TNV-S-E_IBVLN2BDzI4yPqaGjyhU/s320/images+2.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5634374150650484082&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Location and identification of the Password Jumper on a Compaq Desktop EN System Board&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a onblur=&quot;try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}&quot; href=&quot;https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiZ2d3oBnCR7Aw5oyzB5zgekYmECN8SFPtfvd8rtYoWlcPs50tuoJ_g2IszGWHg91gxaghf7fNhRHNvsYbgWybVF_RB6oWsLLST1juP6WmnqLPkwUhNR_nKXv_T4IUi1ZSHxZhGxodqTtQ/s1600/images3.jpg&quot;&gt;&lt;img style=&quot;float: left; margin: 0pt 10px 10px 0pt; cursor: pointer; width: 70px; height: 114px;&quot; src=&quot;https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiZ2d3oBnCR7Aw5oyzB5zgekYmECN8SFPtfvd8rtYoWlcPs50tuoJ_g2IszGWHg91gxaghf7fNhRHNvsYbgWybVF_RB6oWsLLST1juP6WmnqLPkwUhNR_nKXv_T4IUi1ZSHxZhGxodqTtQ/s320/images3.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5634374417776559986&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a onblur=&quot;try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}&quot; href=&quot;https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiuFgLyAzRNUArM6SxKcYeLtZjbyB1QjLvB0kg5tnG698q2__Ds5dlspTx2cozhnX8_Zmr0FvOIXB0vyXvuBcdfe7io-dti_AJ_t3XSEOUUi3pHs5ggbSCuG87gAaa8JgC_JcaFd2Ali4w/s1600/images5.jpg&quot;&gt;&lt;img style=&quot;float: left; margin: 0pt 10px 10px 0pt; cursor: pointer; width: 130px; height: 103px;&quot; src=&quot;https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiuFgLyAzRNUArM6SxKcYeLtZjbyB1QjLvB0kg5tnG698q2__Ds5dlspTx2cozhnX8_Zmr0FvOIXB0vyXvuBcdfe7io-dti_AJ_t3XSEOUUi3pHs5ggbSCuG87gAaa8JgC_JcaFd2Ali4w/s320/images5.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5634374822685458466&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Locate and identification of the password jumper on a Compaq Desktop EN SFF, Font Mounted Audio Solution System Board&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;5. Remove the Jumper from the pin 1and 2. Place the jumper over pin 2 only, in order to avoid losing it.&lt;br /&gt;6. Replace the computer cover or access panel.&lt;br /&gt;7.  Reconnect the external equipment.&lt;br /&gt;8. Plug in the computer and turn on power. Allow the operating system to start.This clears the current passwords and disables the password features.&lt;br /&gt;9. To re-enable the password features, repeat steps 1-4, then replace the jumper on the pin 1 and 2.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Repeat steps 6-8, then establish new passwords. Refer to the Making Hardware Changes guide for Computer Setup (F10 Setup) instructions.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Resetting the CMOS      The computer’s configuration memory (CMOS) stores password information as well information about the computer’s configuration.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Using the CMOS Button&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;1. Turn off the computer and any external devices, and disconnect the power cord from the power outlet.&lt;br /&gt;2. Disconnect the keyboard, monitor, and any other external equipment connected to the computer.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;WARNING	CAUTION	CATION&lt;br /&gt;To reduce the risk of personal injury from electrical shock and\or hot surfaces, be sure to disconnect the power cord from the wall outlet, and allow the internal system components to cool before touching.&lt;br /&gt;	When the computer is plugged in, the power supply always has voltage applied to the system board even when the unit is turned off. Failure to disconnect the power cord can result in damage to the system.	Static electricity can damage the electronic components of the computer or optional equipment. Before beginning these procedures, ensure that you are discharged of static electricity by briefly touching a grounded metal object. Refer to the Safety &amp;amp; Regulatory Information guide for more information.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;3. Remove the computer cover or access panel.&lt;br /&gt;4. Locate and press the Clear CMOS button.&lt;br /&gt;CAUTION: Pressing the CMOS button will erase all information in CMOS including passwords, asset numbers, and special settings.&lt;br /&gt;	&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Clear CMOS Pushbutton&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;5. Replace the computer cover or access panel.&lt;br /&gt;6. Reconnect the external devices.&lt;br /&gt;7. Plug in the computer and turn on power.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;You will need to reset your passwords and any special system setups. Refer to the “Using Computer Setup” section below for further instruction.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Using Computer Setup &lt;br /&gt;To reset CMOS, you must first access the Computer setup (F10 setup) Utilities menu.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;When the Computer Setup (F10) message appears in the lower-right corner of the screen, press the F10 key. Press Enter to bypass the title screen, if necessary.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Note: If you do not press the F10 key while the message is displayed, you must turn the computer off, then on again, to access the utility.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A choice of five headings appears in the Computer Setup (F10 Setup)Utilities menu: File, Storage, Security, Power, and Advanced.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;To reset CMOS to the factory default settings use the arrow keys or the Tab key to select File                     Set Defaults and Exit.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;</description><link>http://trusted22.blogspot.com/2011/07/password-security.html</link><author>noreply@blogger.com (TRUSTED SOFTWARE)</author><media:thumbnail xmlns:media="http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/" url="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiB3g1PzR3VC1QZFauOqJapo1yF-FPrO0QGCzP-NjZaQsIREjZDU4Cu8f4SgGEGahtr051OOccoX6ZLaR_OyIfo3gKPvWf2AXFUCOTvppdNAgup4wMuiQl6uVv5cY7W_e6z_qrtfd2ssKI/s72-c/hard+ware.gif" height="72" width="72"/><thr:total>0</thr:total></item><item><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8178415316263789628.post-1068575935440275026</guid><pubDate>Wed, 13 Jul 2011 11:52:00 +0000</pubDate><atom:updated>2011-07-13T04:54:41.283-07:00</atom:updated><category domain="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#">power dvd</category><title>CyberLink PowerDVD 9</title><description>&lt;a onblur=&quot;try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}&quot; href=&quot;https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiz_51sOdO5Pw5gScDc4o1KEc4He8GZrLvlL_WR0zL5foadgnnS0SVRrDcKJjr54emtZL-P1eg9FuadtwfFdATQet-ntGE2aM9oNHiLmaiYKrijniir_ZN-Rvhyb83yF4jKc27nOhGacJ8/s1600/images+3.jpeg&quot;&gt;&lt;img style=&quot;float:left; margin:0 10px 10px 0;cursor:pointer; cursor:hand;width: 147px; height: 101px;&quot; src=&quot;https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiz_51sOdO5Pw5gScDc4o1KEc4He8GZrLvlL_WR0zL5foadgnnS0SVRrDcKJjr54emtZL-P1eg9FuadtwfFdATQet-ntGE2aM9oNHiLmaiYKrijniir_ZN-Rvhyb83yF4jKc27nOhGacJ8/s320/images+3.jpeg&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;id=&quot;BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5628804013735954162&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;What&#39;s New in CyberLink PowerDVD 9&lt;br /&gt;Video&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;* New!- TrueTheater™ HD (High-definition) - up scales the original video to a higher resolution version, which is sharper and artifact-free. It is capable of up sampling 480p video up to 1080p.&lt;br /&gt;* New!- TrueTheater™ Motion - enables frame rate up sampling, from 24 fps up to 60 fps, to make panning scenes, particularly in action movies, play smoother.&lt;br /&gt;* New!- TrueTheater™ Lighting (CyberLink Eagle Vision2) - video enhancement technology that dynamically adjusts the brightness/contrast/saturation ratios in scenes that are overly dark or too bright. It is optimized for LCD displays.&lt;br /&gt;* New!- TrueTheater™ Stretch (CyberLink Pano Vision) - video stretching technology that produces minimal distortion in the center of the picture. It provides the best stretching solution for 2.35:1 content in widescreen.&lt;br /&gt;* SMPTE VC-1 High-Definition Video*&lt;br /&gt;* MPEG-4 AVC (H.264) High-Definition Video**&lt;br /&gt;* Smart Video De-interlacing&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Audio&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;* Dolby Digital Plus*&lt;br /&gt;* Dolby TrueHD*&lt;br /&gt;* Dolby Digital 5.1&lt;br /&gt;* Dolby Digital EX**&lt;br /&gt;* Dolby Pro Logic IIx**&lt;br /&gt;* Dolby Headphone**&lt;br /&gt;* Dolby Virtual Speaker**&lt;br /&gt;* DTS-HD*&lt;br /&gt;* DTS**&lt;br /&gt;* DTS 96/24**&lt;br /&gt;* AAC Channel support**&lt;br /&gt;* TrueTheater™ - Surround (Multi-channel Environment Impression Mode)&lt;br /&gt;* TrueTheater™ - Surround (Virtual Speaker Mode)&lt;br /&gt;* TrueTheater™ - Surround (Headphone Mode)&lt;br /&gt;* Pitch scaling technology&lt;br /&gt;* Audio equalizer presets&lt;br /&gt;* Audio visualizations&lt;br /&gt;* Direct 96/24 output&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Playback Formats&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;* New! - AVCHD playback*&lt;br /&gt;* New! - AVCREC playback*&lt;br /&gt;* New! - BD-R 1.1 playback*&lt;br /&gt;* New! - BD-RE 2.1 playback*&lt;br /&gt;* New! - BD Profile 1.1(Bonus View) playback*&lt;br /&gt;* New! - BD Profile 2.0(BD Live) playback*&lt;br /&gt;* BD-ROM (Blu-ray Disc) playback*&lt;br /&gt;* BD-RE (Blu-ray Disc) playback*&lt;br /&gt;* VCPS for DVD+VR with content protection&lt;br /&gt;* CPRM for DVD-VR with content protection**&lt;br /&gt;* External subtitles&lt;br /&gt;* DVD files (DVD-Video, DVD-VR, DVD+VR) from any folder on your hard drive&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Advanced Features&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;* New! - PowerDVD Cinema playback mode (with full remote control support)&lt;br /&gt;* New! - PowerDVD MCE plug-in (seamless integration with Windows Media Center)&lt;br /&gt;* Movie Collection Support&lt;br /&gt;* Movie Remix&lt;br /&gt;* Integration with MoovieLive Service&lt;br /&gt;* UPnP Support - Access your media from a Home Network&lt;br /&gt;* Say-It-Again - Automatically repeats the last movie scene&lt;br /&gt;* See-It-All - Automatically speeds playback to show as much of the movie as possible&lt;br /&gt;* Read-It-Clearly - Moves subtitles from the viewing screen&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;* - Available in Ultra Edition (Blu-ray Disc) only&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;** - Available in Deluxe version and Ultra Edition (Blu-ray Disc)&lt;br /&gt;CyberLink PowerDVD Versions&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The version name of CyberLink PowerDVD is displayed at the top left of the user interface. To find the version build number of CyberLink PowerDVD, press Ctrl+A on your keyboard. It is displayed at the top of the dialog box that opens. To upgrade CyberLink PowerDVD to a different version, click Activate on the About page and then enter an activation key in the dialog box. This will upgrade to a new version of CyberLink PowerDVD in order to activate even more features.&lt;br /&gt;Feature Ultra Deluxe Standard OEM BD 2ch OEM DVD 2ch Corporate&lt;br /&gt;Video Features and Processing Technologies&lt;br /&gt;TrueTheater™ - HD (High-definition) Yes Yes Yes Optional Optional --&lt;br /&gt;TrueTheater™ - Motion Yes Yes Yes Optional Optional --&lt;br /&gt;TrueTheater™ - Lighting (CyberLink Eagle Vision2) Yes Yes Yes Optional Optional Optional&lt;br /&gt;TrueTheater™ - Stretch (CyberLink Pano Vision) Yes Yes Yes Optional Optional Optional&lt;br /&gt;Smart Video De-Interlacing Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes&lt;br /&gt;Audio Features and Processing Technologies&lt;br /&gt;TrueTheater™ - Surround (Headphone Mode) Yes Yes Yes Optional Optional Yes&lt;br /&gt;TrueTheater™ - Surround (Virtual Surround Mode) Yes Yes Yes Optional Optional Yes&lt;br /&gt;TrueTheater™ - Surround (Multi-channel Environment Impression Mode) Yes Yes Yes Optional Optional Yes&lt;br /&gt;Dolby Headphone Yes Yes -- Optional Optional --&lt;br /&gt;Dolby Virtual Speaker Yes Yes -- Optional Optional --&lt;br /&gt;Dolby Digital EX Yes Yes -- Optional -- --&lt;br /&gt;Dolby Digital Decoder 5.1 ch 5.1 ch 5.1 ch 2 ch 2 ch 2 ch&lt;br /&gt;Dolby Pro Logic IIx Yes Yes -- Optional Optional --&lt;br /&gt;Dolby Digital Plus 7.1 ch -- -- 2 ch -- --&lt;br /&gt;Dolby TrueHD 7.1 ch -- -- 2 ch -- --&lt;br /&gt;DTS Decoding 5.1 ch 2 ch -- 2 ch Optional Optional&lt;br /&gt;DTS 96/24 Yes Yes -- Optional Optional Optional&lt;br /&gt;DTS-HD 5.1 ch -- -- 2 ch -- --&lt;br /&gt;Audio Time Stretch Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes&lt;br /&gt;Audio Pitch Scaling Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes&lt;br /&gt;Supported Disc and File Formats&lt;br /&gt;BD-ROM Yes -- -- Yes -- --&lt;br /&gt;BD-R 1.1/RE 2.1 Yes -- -- Yes -- --&lt;br /&gt;BD-Profile 1.1(Bonus View)/Profile 2.0(BD Live) Yes -- -- Yes -- --&lt;br /&gt;AVCHD Yes -- -- Yes -- --&lt;br /&gt;AVCREC Yes -- -- Yes -- --&lt;br /&gt;DivX Files Yes Yes -- Optional Optional --&lt;br /&gt;WMV-HD Files Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes&lt;br /&gt;H.264 Files Yes Yes -- Yes Optional --&lt;br /&gt;CPRM Yes Yes -- Optional Optional --&lt;br /&gt;DVD-VR on DVD-RAM/RW Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes&lt;br /&gt;DVD-VR on DVD-R Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes&lt;br /&gt;DVD+VR/Random Access Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes&lt;br /&gt;IFO (DVD on HD) Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes&lt;br /&gt;General Playback Controls and Features&lt;br /&gt;PowerDVD Cinema playback mode Yes Yes Yes Optional Optional --&lt;br /&gt;PowerDVD MCE plug-in Yes Yes Yes Optional Optional --&lt;br /&gt;Dual Subtitles/Bilingual Captions Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes&lt;br /&gt;UPnP Support Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes&lt;br /&gt;Movie Collection Yes Yes Yes Optional Optional --&lt;br /&gt;Movie Remix Yes Yes Yes Optional Optional --&lt;br /&gt;Say-It-Again Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes&lt;br /&gt;See-It-All Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes&lt;br /&gt;Read-It-Clearly Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes&lt;br /&gt;Bookmark Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes&lt;br /&gt;Digital Zoom Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes&lt;br /&gt;Pan &amp; Scan Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes&lt;br /&gt;Snapshot Yes* Yes Yes Yes* Yes Yes&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;* - Not supported for Blu-ray Disc content&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;General Playback Performance and Quality Issues&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;External subtitle loading: For loading external subtitles, you should name the subtitle file with the same file name as the playback video file.&lt;br /&gt;DMA Mode:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;It is HIGHLY recommended that you enable the DMA function of your DVD-ROM in order to reduce CPU loading when accessing DVDs. Windows XP and Windows 2000 both contain built-in DMA support.&lt;br /&gt;Display Issues:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;To ensure that CyberLink PowerDVD works properly, please install DirectX version 9.0 or higher.&lt;br /&gt;Deinterlace issues:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;CyberLink smart deinterlace is sophisticated video processing technologies that requires a lot of CPU power. If both bit stream analysis method and pixel adaptive are used, it is recommended that you use at least a 1.8 GHz system for optimal performance.&lt;br /&gt;Blu-ray Disc Playback Capability and Limitation:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;* Due to the high computation requirement for Blu-ray Discs, you may experience some video quality drop, frame drops or lower performance on particular titles. Make sure your hardware meets the minimum system requirements for Blu-ray Disc playback.&lt;br /&gt;* It is also recommended that all non-critical applications are closed before starting Blu-ray Disc playback. Full CPU/GPU clock-rate is reserved for CyberLink PowerDVD Blu-ray Disc playback.&lt;br /&gt;* Blu-ray Disc playback on an external monitor via a DVI/HDMI connector requires an HDCP capable display device.&lt;br /&gt;* Advanced Access Content System (AACS) is supported for commercial content playback. Occasional renewals of AACS keys are required. An Internet connection is required for this operation.</description><link>http://trusted22.blogspot.com/2011/07/cyberlink-powerdvd-9.html</link><author>noreply@blogger.com (TRUSTED SOFTWARE)</author><media:thumbnail xmlns:media="http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/" url="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEiz_51sOdO5Pw5gScDc4o1KEc4He8GZrLvlL_WR0zL5foadgnnS0SVRrDcKJjr54emtZL-P1eg9FuadtwfFdATQet-ntGE2aM9oNHiLmaiYKrijniir_ZN-Rvhyb83yF4jKc27nOhGacJ8/s72-c/images+3.jpeg" height="72" width="72"/><thr:total>0</thr:total></item><item><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8178415316263789628.post-2272630331903580432</guid><pubDate>Wed, 13 Jul 2011 11:41:00 +0000</pubDate><atom:updated>2011-07-13T04:48:27.917-07:00</atom:updated><category domain="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#">MICROSOFT</category><title>Microsoft Office Word 2007</title><description>&lt;a onblur=&quot;try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}&quot; href=&quot;https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgV4dv7A00sfMKiRymrTi8FFUopR70tEqK3EJEdsUkPp7oOdQgiTcmWOsATez8y-TUF-tkPBNxgMlWzO-zro3Gj2qfDF0hwA7FL0la4FpUdOscgdfS0zg1RzJlX74L-ABdy3Ku1zQ6ePbk/s1600/images+3.jpeg&quot;&gt;&lt;img style=&quot;float:left; margin:0 10px 10px 0;cursor:pointer; cursor:hand;width: 127px; height: 95px;&quot; src=&quot;https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgV4dv7A00sfMKiRymrTi8FFUopR70tEqK3EJEdsUkPp7oOdQgiTcmWOsATez8y-TUF-tkPBNxgMlWzO-zro3Gj2qfDF0hwA7FL0la4FpUdOscgdfS0zg1RzJlX74L-ABdy3Ku1zQ6ePbk/s320/images+3.jpeg&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;id=&quot;BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5628802326835649250&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;GETTING MORE HINTS ON Microsoft Office Word 2007&lt;br /&gt;Microsoft Office Word 2007 helps you produce professional-looking documents by providing a&lt;br /&gt;comprehensive set of tools for creating and formatting your document in a new interface.&lt;br /&gt;Rich review, commenting, and comparison capabilities help you quickly gather and manage&lt;br /&gt;feedback from colleagues. Advanced data integration ensures that documents stay connected&lt;br /&gt;to important sources of business information.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;What do you want to do?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Create professional-looking documents&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Share documents confidently&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Go beyond documents&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Recover from computer problems&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Create professional-looking documents&lt;br /&gt;Office Word 2007 provides editing and reviewing tools for creating polished documents more&lt;br /&gt;easily than ever before.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Spend more time writing, less time formatting&lt;br /&gt;A new, results-oriented interface presents tools to you when you need them, in a clear and&lt;br /&gt;organized fashion:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Save time and get more out of the powerful Word capabilities by selecting from galleries of&lt;br /&gt;predefined styles, table formats, list formats, graphical effects, and more.&lt;br /&gt;Word eliminates the guesswork when you apply formatting to your document. The galleries of&lt;br /&gt;formatting choices give you a live visual preview of the formatting in your document&lt;br /&gt;before you commit to making a change.&lt;br /&gt;Add preformatted elements with just a few clicks&lt;br /&gt;Office Word 2007 introduces building blocks for adding preformatted content to your&lt;br /&gt;Documents:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;When you are working on a document from a particular template type, such as a report, you&lt;br /&gt;can select from a gallery of preformatted cover pages, pull quotes, and headers and footers to make your document look more polished.&lt;br /&gt;If you want to customize the preformatted content, or if your organization often uses the&lt;br /&gt;same piece of content, such as legal disclaimer text or customer contact information, you&lt;br /&gt;can create your own building blocks that you select from the gallery with a single click.&lt;br /&gt;Communicate more effectively with high-impact graphics&lt;br /&gt;New charting and diagramming features include three-dimensional shapes, transparency, drop&lt;br /&gt;shadows, and other effects.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Instantly apply a new look and feel to your documents&lt;br /&gt;When your company updates its look, you can instantly follow suit in your documents.&lt;br /&gt;By using Quick Styles and Document Themes, you can quickly change the appearance of text,&lt;br /&gt;tables, and graphics throughout your document to match your preferred style or color scheme.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Easily avoid spelling errors&lt;br /&gt;The following are some new features of the spelling checker:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The spelling checker has been made more consistent across the 2007 Microsoft Office system&lt;br /&gt;programs. Examples of this change include:&lt;br /&gt;Several spelling checker options are now global. If you change one of these options in one&lt;br /&gt;Office program, that option is also changed for all the other Office programs. For more&lt;br /&gt;information, see Change the way spelling and grammar checking work.&lt;br /&gt;In addition to sharing the same custom dictionaries, all programs can manage them using the same dialog box. For more information, see Use custom dictionaries to add words to the spelling checker.&lt;br /&gt;The 2007 Microsoft Office system spelling checker includes the post-reform French&lt;br /&gt;dictionary. In Microsoft Office 2003, this was an add-in that had to be separately&lt;br /&gt;installed. For more information, see Change the way spelling and grammar checking work.&lt;br /&gt;An exclusion dictionary is automatically created for a language the first time that&lt;br /&gt;language is used. Exclusion dictionaries let you force the spelling checker flag words&lt;br /&gt;you want to avoid using. They are handy for avoiding words that are obscene or that&lt;br /&gt;don&#39;t match your style guide. For more information, see Use exclusion dictionaries&lt;br /&gt;to specify a preferred spelling for a word.&lt;br /&gt;The spelling checker can find and flag some contextual spelling errors. Have you ever&lt;br /&gt;typed a mistake similar to the following? I will see you their. In Office Word 2007,&lt;br /&gt;you can enable the Use contextual spelling option to get help with finding and fixing&lt;br /&gt;this type of mistake. This option is available when checking the spelling of documents&lt;br /&gt;in English, German or Spanish. For more information, see Choose how spelling and grammar&lt;br /&gt;checking work.&lt;br /&gt;You can disable spelling and grammar checking for a document or for all documents you&lt;br /&gt;create.&lt;br /&gt;Top of Page&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Share documents confidently&lt;br /&gt;When you send a draft of a document to your colleagues for their input, Office Word 2007&lt;br /&gt;helps you efficiently collect and manage their revisions and comments. When you are ready&lt;br /&gt;to publish the document, Office Word 2007 helps you ensure that any unresolved revisions&lt;br /&gt;and comments aren&#39;t still lurking in the published document.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Quickly compare two versions of a document&lt;br /&gt;Office Word 2007 makes it easy to find out what changes were made to a document. When you&lt;br /&gt;compare and combine documents, you can see both versions of the document — with the&lt;br /&gt;deleted, inserted, and moved text clearly marked in a third version of the document.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Find and remove hidden metadata and personal information in documents&lt;br /&gt;Before you share your document with other people, you can use the Document Inspector to&lt;br /&gt;check the document for hidden metadata, personal information, or content that may be stored in the document. The Document Inspector can find and remove information like comments, versions, tracked changes, ink annotations, document properties, document management server information, hidden text, custom XML data, and information in headers and footers. The Document Inspector can help you ensure that the documents you share with other people do not contain any hidden personal information or any hidden content that your organization might not want distributed. Additionally, your organization can customize the Document Inspector to add checks for additional types of hidden content.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Add a digital signature or signature line to your documents&lt;br /&gt;You can help provide assurance as to the authenticity, integrity, and origin of your&lt;br /&gt;document by adding a digital signature to the document. In Office Word 2007 you can either&lt;br /&gt;add an invisible digital signature to a document, or you can insert a Microsoft Office&lt;br /&gt;Signature Line to capture a visible representation of a signature along with a digital&lt;br /&gt;signature.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;makes it possible for organizations to use paperless signing processes for documents&lt;br /&gt;like contracts or other agreements. Unlike signatures on paper, digital signatures provides&lt;br /&gt;a record of exactly what was signed and they allow the signature to be verified in the&lt;br /&gt;future.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Convert your Word documents to PDF or XPS&lt;br /&gt;Office Word 2007 supports exporting your file to the following formats:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Portable Document Format (PDF) PDF is a fixed-layout electronic file format that&lt;br /&gt;preserves document formatting and enables file sharing. The PDF format ensures that when&lt;br /&gt;the file is viewed online or printed, it retains exactly the format that you intended,&lt;br /&gt;and that data in the file cannot be easily changed. The PDF format is also useful for&lt;br /&gt;documents that will be reproduced by using commercial printing methods.&lt;br /&gt;XML Paper Specification (XPS) XPS is an electronic file format that preserves document&lt;br /&gt;formatting and enables file sharing. The XPS format ensures that when the file is viewed&lt;br /&gt;online or printed, it retains exactly the format that you intended, and that data in the&lt;br /&gt;file cannot be easily changed.&lt;br /&gt;For more information, see one of the following articles:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Save a file in PDF format&lt;br /&gt;Save a file in XPS format&lt;br /&gt;Instantly detect documents that contain embedded macros&lt;br /&gt;Office Word 2007 uses a separate file format (.docm) for macro-enabled documents, so you&lt;br /&gt;can instantly tell whether a file is capable of running any embedded macros.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Prevent changes to a final version of a document&lt;br /&gt;Before you share a final version of a document with other people, you can use the Mark As&lt;br /&gt;Final command to make the document read-only and communicate to other people that you are&lt;br /&gt;sharing a final version of the document. When a document is marked as final, typing,&lt;br /&gt;editing commands, and proofing marks are disabled, and people who view the document cannot&lt;br /&gt;inadvertently change the document. The Mark As Final command is not a security feature.&lt;br /&gt;Anyone can edit a document that is marked as final by turning off Mark As Final.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Top of Page&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Go beyond documents&lt;br /&gt;Now more than ever, when computers and files are interconnected, it pays to store&lt;br /&gt;documents in files that are slim, sturdy, and supportive of a wide variety of platforms.&lt;br /&gt;To meet this need, the Microsoft Office system achieves a new stage in its evolution of XML support. The new XML-based file format enables Office Word 2007 files to be smaller, more robust, and deeply integrated with information systems and external data sources.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Reduce file sizes and improve corruption recovery&lt;br /&gt;The new Word XML format is a compressed, segmented file format that offers a dramatic&lt;br /&gt;reduction in file size and helps ensure that damaged or corrupted files can be easily&lt;br /&gt;recovered.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Connect your documents to business information&lt;br /&gt;In your business, you create documents to communicate important business data. You can&lt;br /&gt;save time and reduce the risk of error by automating the process of this communication.&lt;br /&gt;Create dynamic smart documents that update themselves by using new document controls and&lt;br /&gt;data binding to connect to your back-end systems.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Manage document properties in the Document Information Panel&lt;br /&gt;The Document Information Panel makes it easy to view and edit document properties while&lt;br /&gt;you work on your Word document. The Document Information Panel displays at the top of your&lt;br /&gt;document in Word. You can use the Document Information Panel to view and edit both standard&lt;br /&gt;Microsoft Office document properties and properties for files that are saved to a document&lt;br /&gt;management server. If you use the Document Information Panel to edit the document&lt;br /&gt;properties for a server document, the updated properties will be saved directly to the&lt;br /&gt;server.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;For example, you may have a server that keeps track of a document&#39;s editorial status. When&lt;br /&gt;you put the finishing touches on a document, you can open the Document Information Panel&lt;br /&gt;to change the document&#39;s editorial status from Draft to Final. When you save the document&lt;br /&gt;back on the server, the change in editorial status is updated on the server.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If you store document templates in a library on a Microsoft Windows SharePoint Services&lt;br /&gt;3.0 server, the library might include custom properties that store information about the&lt;br /&gt;templates. For example, your organization may require you to categorize documents in the&lt;br /&gt;library by filling in a Category property. Using the Document Information Panel, you can&lt;br /&gt;edit properties like this directly within the Word environment.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Top of Page&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Recover from computer problems&lt;br /&gt;2007 Microsoft Office system provides improved tools for recovering your work in the event&lt;br /&gt;of a problem in Office Word 2007.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Office Diagnostics&lt;br /&gt;Microsoft Office Diagnostics is a series of diagnostic tests that can help you to discover&lt;br /&gt;why your computer is crashing. The diagnostic tests can solve some problems directly and&lt;br /&gt;may identify ways that you can solve other problems. Microsoft Office Diagnostics replaces the following Microsoft Office 2003 features: Detect and Repair and Microsoft Office Application Recovery.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;For more information, see Diagnose and repair crashing Office programs by using Office&lt;br /&gt;Diagnostics.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Program recovery&lt;br /&gt;Office Word 2007 has improved capabilities to help avoid losing work when the program&lt;br /&gt;closes abnormally. Whenever possible, Word tries to recover some aspects of the state of&lt;br /&gt;the program after it restarts.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;For example, you are working on several files at the same time. Each file is open in a&lt;br /&gt;different window with specific data visible in each window. Word crashes. When you restart&lt;br /&gt;Word, it opens the files and restores the windows to the way they were before Word crashed.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;For more information, see Avoid losing work when an Office program closes abnormally.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Microsoft Office Word 2007 helps you produce professional-looking documents by providing a&lt;br /&gt;comprehensive set of tools for creating and formatting your document in a new interface.&lt;br /&gt;Rich review, commenting, and comparison capabilities help you quickly gather and manage&lt;br /&gt;feedback from colleagues. Advanced data integration ensures that documents stay connected&lt;br /&gt;to important sources of business information.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;What do you want to do?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Create professional-looking documents&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Share documents confidently&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Go beyond documents&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Recover from computer problems&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Create professional-looking documents&lt;br /&gt;Office Word 2007 provides editing and reviewing tools for creating polished documents more&lt;br /&gt;easily than ever before.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Spend more time writing, less time formatting&lt;br /&gt;A new, results-oriented interface presents tools to you when you need them, in a clear and&lt;br /&gt;organized fashion:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Save time and get more out of the powerful Word capabilities by selecting from galleries of&lt;br /&gt;predefined styles, table formats, list formats, graphical effects, and more.&lt;br /&gt;Word eliminates the guesswork when you apply formatting to your document. The galleries of&lt;br /&gt;formatting choices give you a live visual preview of the formatting in your document before&lt;br /&gt;you commit to making a change.&lt;br /&gt;Add preformatted elements with just a few clicks&lt;br /&gt;Office Word 2007 introduces building blocks for adding preformatted content to your&lt;br /&gt;documents:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;When you are working on a document from a particular template type, such as a report, you&lt;br /&gt;can select from a gallery of preformatted cover pages, pull quotes, and headers and footers&lt;br /&gt;to make your document look more polished.&lt;br /&gt;If you want to customize the preformatted content, or if your organization often uses the&lt;br /&gt;same piece of content, such as legal disclaimer text or customer contact information, you&lt;br /&gt;can create your own building blocks that you select from the gallery with a single click.&lt;br /&gt;Communicate more effectively with high-impact graphics&lt;br /&gt;New charting and diagramming features include three-dimensional shapes, transparency, drop&lt;br /&gt;shadows, and other effects.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Instantly apply a new look and feel to your documents&lt;br /&gt;When your company updates its look, you can instantly follow suit in your documents. By&lt;br /&gt;using Quick Styles and Document Themes, you can quickly change the appearance of text,&lt;br /&gt;tables, and graphics throughout your document to match your preferred style or color scheme.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Easily avoid spelling errors&lt;br /&gt;The following are some new features of the spelling checker:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The spelling checker has been made more consistent across the 2007 Microsoft Office system&lt;br /&gt;programs. Examples of this change include:&lt;br /&gt;Several spelling checker options are now global. If you change one of these options in one&lt;br /&gt;Office program, that option is also changed for all the other Office programs. For more&lt;br /&gt;information, see Change the way spelling and grammar checking work.&lt;br /&gt;In addition to sharing the same custom dictionaries, all programs can manage them using&lt;br /&gt;the same dialog box. For more information, see Use custom dictionaries to add words to&lt;br /&gt;the spelling checker.&lt;br /&gt;The 2007 Microsoft Office system spelling checker includes the post-reform French dictionary.&lt;br /&gt;In Microsoft Office 2003, this was an add-in that had to be separately installed. For more&lt;br /&gt;information, see Change the way spelling and grammar checking work.&lt;br /&gt;An exclusion dictionary is automatically created for a language the first time that language&lt;br /&gt;is used. Exclusion dictionaries let you force the spelling checker flag words you want to&lt;br /&gt;avoid using. They are handy for avoiding words that are obscene or that don&#39;t match your&lt;br /&gt;style guide. For more information, see Use exclusion dictionaries to specify a preferred&lt;br /&gt;spelling for a word.&lt;br /&gt;The spelling checker can find and flag some contextual spelling errors. Have you ever typed&lt;br /&gt;a mistake similar to the following? I will see you their. In Office Word 2007, you can&lt;br /&gt;enable the Use contextual spelling option to get help with finding and fixing this type&lt;br /&gt;of mistake. This option is available when checking the spelling of documents in English,&lt;br /&gt;German or Spanish. For more information, see Choose how spelling and grammar checking work.&lt;br /&gt;You can disable spelling and grammar checking for a document or for all documents you create.&lt;br /&gt;Top of Page&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Share documents confidently&lt;br /&gt;When you send a draft of a document to your colleagues for their input, Office Word 2007&lt;br /&gt;helps&lt;br /&gt;you efficiently collect and manage their revisions and comments. When you are ready to&lt;br /&gt;publish the document, Office Word 2007 helps you ensure that any unresolved revisions&lt;br /&gt;and comments aren&#39;t still lurking in the published document.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Quickly compare two versions of a document&lt;br /&gt;Office Word 2007 makes it easy to find out what changes were made to a document. When you&lt;br /&gt;compare and combine documents, you can see both versions of the document — with the&lt;br /&gt;deleted, inserted, and moved text clearly marked in a third version of the document.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Find and remove hidden metadata and personal information in documents&lt;br /&gt;Before you share your document with other people, you can use the Document Inspector to&lt;br /&gt;check the document for hidden metadata, personal information, or content that may be&lt;br /&gt;stored in the document. The Document Inspector can find and remove information like&lt;br /&gt;comments, versions, tracked changes, ink annotations, document properties, document&lt;br /&gt;management server information, hidden text, custom XML data, and information in headers&lt;br /&gt;and footers. The Document Inspector can help you ensure that the documents you share with&lt;br /&gt;other people do not contain any hidden personal information or any hidden content that&lt;br /&gt;your organization might not want distributed. Additionally, your organization can&lt;br /&gt;customize the Document Inspector to add checks for additional types of hidden content.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Add a digital signature or signature line to your documents&lt;br /&gt;You can help provide assurance as to the authenticity, integrity, and origin of your&lt;br /&gt;document by adding a digital signature to the document. In Office Word 2007 you can&lt;br /&gt;either add an invisible digital signature to a document, or you can insert a Microsoft&lt;br /&gt;Office Signature Line to capture a visible representation of a signature along with a&lt;br /&gt;digital signature.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The ability to capture digital signatures by using signature lines in Office documents&lt;br /&gt;makes it possible for organizations to use paperless signing processes for documents like&lt;br /&gt;contracts or other agreements. Unlike signatures on paper, digital signatures provide a&lt;br /&gt;record of exactly what was signed and they allow the signature to be verified in the future.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Convert your Word documents to PDF or XPS&lt;br /&gt;Office Word 2007 supports exporting your file to the following formats:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Portable Document Format (PDF) PDF is a fixed-layout electronic file format that&lt;br /&gt;preserves&lt;br /&gt;document formatting and enables file sharing. The PDF format ensures that when the file&lt;br /&gt;is viewed online or printed, it retains exactly the format that you intended, and that data&lt;br /&gt;in the file cannot be easily changed. The PDF format is also useful for documents that will&lt;br /&gt;be reproduced by using commercial printing methods.&lt;br /&gt;XML Paper Specification (XPS) XPS is an electronic file format that preserves document&lt;br /&gt;formatting and enables file sharing. The XPS format ensures that when the file is viewed&lt;br /&gt;online or printed, it retains exactly the format that you intended, and that data in the&lt;br /&gt;file cannot be easily changed.&lt;br /&gt;For more information, see one of the following articles:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Save a file in PDF format&lt;br /&gt;Save a file in XPS format&lt;br /&gt;Instantly detect documents that contain embedded macros&lt;br /&gt;Office Word 2007 uses a separate file format (.docm) for macro-enabled documents, so you&lt;br /&gt;can instantly tell whether a file is capable of running any embedded macros.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Prevent changes to a final version of a document&lt;br /&gt;Before you share a final version of a document with other people, you can use the Mark As&lt;br /&gt;Final command to make the document read-only and communicate to other people that you are&lt;br /&gt;sharing a final version of the document. When a document is marked as final, typing,&lt;br /&gt;editing commands, and proofing marks are disabled, and people who view the document cannot&lt;br /&gt;inadvertently change the document. The Mark As Final command is not a security feature.&lt;br /&gt;Anyone can edit a document that is marked as final by turning off Mark As Final.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Top of Page&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Go beyond documents&lt;br /&gt;Now more than ever, when computers and files are interconnected, it pays to store documents&lt;br /&gt;n files that are slim, sturdy, and supportive of a wide variety of platforms. To meet this&lt;br /&gt;need,&lt;br /&gt;the Microsoft Office system achieves a new stage in its evolution of XML support. The new&lt;br /&gt;XML-based file format enables Office Word 2007 files to be smaller, more robust, and deeply&lt;br /&gt;integrated with information systems and external data sources.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Reduce file sizes and improve corruption recovery&lt;br /&gt;The new Word XML format is a compressed, segmented file format that offers a dramatic&lt;br /&gt;reduction in file size and helps ensure that damaged or corrupted files can be easily&lt;br /&gt;recovered.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Connect your documents to business information&lt;br /&gt;In your business, you create documents to communicate important business data. You can&lt;br /&gt;save time and reduce the risk of error by automating the process of this communication.&lt;br /&gt;Create dynamic smart documents that update themselves by using new document controls and&lt;br /&gt;data binding to connect to your back-end systems.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Manage document properties in the Document Information Panel&lt;br /&gt;The Document Information Panel makes it easy to view and edit document properties while you&lt;br /&gt;work on your Word document. The Document Information Panel displays at the top of your&lt;br /&gt;document in Word. You can use the Document Information Panel to view and edit both standard&lt;br /&gt;Microsoft Office document properties and properties for files that are saved to a document&lt;br /&gt;management server. If you use the Document Information Panel to edit the document&lt;br /&gt;properties for a server document, the updated properties will be saved directly to the&lt;br /&gt;server.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;For example, you may have a server that keeps track of a document&#39;s editorial status.&lt;br /&gt;When you put the finishing touches on a document, you can open the Document Information&lt;br /&gt;Panel to change the document&#39;s editorial status from Draft to Final. When you save the&lt;br /&gt;document back on the server, the change in editorial status is updated on the server.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If you store document templates in a library on a Microsoft Windows SharePoint Services&lt;br /&gt;3.0 server, the library might include custom properties that store information about the&lt;br /&gt;library by filling in a Category property. Using the Document Information Panel, you can&lt;br /&gt;edit properties like this directly within the Word environment.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Top of Page&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Recover from computer problems&lt;br /&gt;2007 Microsoft Office system provides improved tools for recovering your work in the event&lt;br /&gt;of a problem in Office Word 2007.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Office Diagnostics&lt;br /&gt;Microsoft Office Diagnostics is a series of diagnostic tests that can help you to discover&lt;br /&gt;why your computer is crashing. The diagnostic tests can solve some problems directly and&lt;br /&gt;may identify ways that you can solve other problems. Microsoft Office Diagnostics replaces the following Microsoft Office 2003 features: Detect and Repair and Microsoft Office Application Recovery.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;For more information, see Diagnose and repair crashing Office programs by using Office&lt;br /&gt;Diagnostics.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Program recovery&lt;br /&gt;Office Word 2007 has improved capabilities to help avoid losing work when the program&lt;br /&gt;closes abnormally. Whenever possible, Word tries to recover some aspects of the state of&lt;br /&gt;the program after it restarts.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;For example, you are working on several files at the same time. Each file is open in a&lt;br /&gt;different window with specific data visible in each window. Word crashes. When you restart&lt;br /&gt;Word, it opens the files and restores the windows to the way they were before Word crashed.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;For more information, see Avoid losing work when an Office program closes abnormally.</description><link>http://trusted22.blogspot.com/2011/07/microsoft-office-word-2007.html</link><author>noreply@blogger.com (TRUSTED SOFTWARE)</author><media:thumbnail xmlns:media="http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/" url="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgV4dv7A00sfMKiRymrTi8FFUopR70tEqK3EJEdsUkPp7oOdQgiTcmWOsATez8y-TUF-tkPBNxgMlWzO-zro3Gj2qfDF0hwA7FL0la4FpUdOscgdfS0zg1RzJlX74L-ABdy3Ku1zQ6ePbk/s72-c/images+3.jpeg" height="72" width="72"/><thr:total>0</thr:total></item><item><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8178415316263789628.post-8169863015182472148</guid><pubDate>Wed, 13 Jul 2011 11:37:00 +0000</pubDate><atom:updated>2011-07-13T04:41:10.685-07:00</atom:updated><category domain="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#">OXFORD DICTIONARY</category><title>POCKET OXFORD DICTIONARY</title><description>&lt;a onblur=&quot;try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}&quot; href=&quot;https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhpQgHtoXHEgsii_Oo62YNnSKI09blwTFdsuO7-wsr5NNJiI35R-DC6yUqx4uk-GN8FT32ourbKW-p_D1vxbHKeTd5itA02OcXFd2O8XsLx4rA6eqGauOP_n8Zc08oTuBTGU9ph2NgICPM/s1600/images+3.jpeg&quot;&gt;&lt;img style=&quot;float:left; margin:0 10px 10px 0;cursor:pointer; cursor:hand;width: 99px; height: 150px;&quot; src=&quot;https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhpQgHtoXHEgsii_Oo62YNnSKI09blwTFdsuO7-wsr5NNJiI35R-DC6yUqx4uk-GN8FT32ourbKW-p_D1vxbHKeTd5itA02OcXFd2O8XsLx4rA6eqGauOP_n8Zc08oTuBTGU9ph2NgICPM/s320/images+3.jpeg&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;id=&quot;BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5628800549529318418&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The Oxford Talking Dictionary is a comprehensive electronic dictionary with all the features of its paper counterpart and more. This product combines a user-friendly interface with dictionary and thesaurus contents from Oxford University Press to create an outstanding reference tool. In addition to a wealth of definitions, etymologies, quotations and related words, this multimedia-rich resource also includes colour photographs, illustrations and maps, plus spoken pronunciations for thousands of words and variants. The dictionary contents are further supplemented with proper names, comprising more than 9,000 biographical and geographical entries.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This edition of the Oxford Talking Dictionary has been developed with ease-of-use in mind. Among the features designed for effortless reference are:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;· A Mini View mode that keeps a small dictionary window on-screen at all times while you use other programs, plus direct accessibility from Microsoft Word, version 6.0 or later&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;· A simple search feature that finds the word you want, even if you don&#39;t know how to spell it&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;· A convenient diskless installation option that puts the complete text contents of the dictionary at your disposal while leaving your CD drive free for other uses&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;· Two separate dictionary/thesaurus reference sets, allowing you the choice between comprehensive entries and concise entries&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Whether you are a seasoned writer or a student, an experienced computer user or a novice, you will find that the Oxford Talking Dictionary is an indispensable electronic reference for work, school or home.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Installation Options&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;During the installation process, the Oxford Talking Dictionary offers three installation options:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Typical&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The Typical configuration allows you to run the program at optimum speed. This option copies the program&#39;s executable and configuration files to your hard disk, requiring a little over 8 MB of disk space.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Minimal&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The Minimal configuration allows you to run the program while using the least amount of hard disk space (99K). Please note that this option may result in sluggish performance.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Diskless&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The Diskless configuration copies the textual contents of both the Full and Quick Reference sets onto your hard disk, requiring approximately 102 MB of hard disk space. This option allows you to use the program in either of the following ways:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;· When you want to keep your CD-ROM drive free for other uses, or when you want to access only definitions and thesaurus entries, run the program without the CD in the CD-ROM drive.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;· When you want to hear pronunciations and view pictures and maps, in addition to accessing definitions and thesaurus entries, insert the CD into your CD-ROM drive before loading the program.</description><link>http://trusted22.blogspot.com/2011/07/pocket-oxford-dictionary.html</link><author>noreply@blogger.com (TRUSTED SOFTWARE)</author><media:thumbnail xmlns:media="http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/" url="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEhpQgHtoXHEgsii_Oo62YNnSKI09blwTFdsuO7-wsr5NNJiI35R-DC6yUqx4uk-GN8FT32ourbKW-p_D1vxbHKeTd5itA02OcXFd2O8XsLx4rA6eqGauOP_n8Zc08oTuBTGU9ph2NgICPM/s72-c/images+3.jpeg" height="72" width="72"/><thr:total>0</thr:total></item><item><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8178415316263789628.post-1032895598417096038</guid><pubDate>Wed, 13 Jul 2011 11:08:00 +0000</pubDate><atom:updated>2011-07-13T04:11:34.054-07:00</atom:updated><title>How to Unlock Your Huawei USB Modem For Free.</title><description>In this tutorial, i will teach you how to unlock Huawei USB Modem For Free. There is a very simple and easy to use software called Modem Unlocker.&lt;br /&gt;This also works for Nokia, LG and some other products apart from Huawei USB modems.&lt;br /&gt;Firstly, Download Universal Mastercode from Mediafire or Rapidshare.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Follow the steps below to Unlock Your Huawai USB Modem:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;1. After downloading, Open Universal Mastercode&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a onblur=&quot;try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}&quot; href=&quot;https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEg6CO2C7DoAfrmPCzh0KzrlqYIzo05Nob6Yoms5zIeDxUBHRPZ0M_vuL0ECKpjhoGBSPFJsJJN9gPSYzMmj88NGqjVDlSX9CxLBi3kDmDu8B47aJX5OtmFK48v1Ay8RsgeeuFG3NxYoh1Y/s1600/images+3.jpeg&quot;&gt;&lt;img style=&quot;float:left; margin:0 10px 10px 0;cursor:pointer; cursor:hand;width: 174px; height: 200px;&quot; src=&quot;https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEg6CO2C7DoAfrmPCzh0KzrlqYIzo05Nob6Yoms5zIeDxUBHRPZ0M_vuL0ECKpjhoGBSPFJsJJN9gPSYzMmj88NGqjVDlSX9CxLBi3kDmDu8B47aJX5OtmFK48v1Ay8RsgeeuFG3NxYoh1Y/s320/images+3.jpeg&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;id=&quot;BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5628792603606025538&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;2. Select Huawei from the tabs&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;3. Enter your IMEI in the provided space and click calculate&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;4. Insert an unauthorized sim in your modem and plug it in&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;5. Enter the unlock code when the prompt message comes up&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;6. You&#39;re done!</description><link>http://trusted22.blogspot.com/2011/07/how-to-unlock-your-huawei-usb-modem-for.html</link><author>noreply@blogger.com (TRUSTED SOFTWARE)</author><media:thumbnail xmlns:media="http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/" url="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEg6CO2C7DoAfrmPCzh0KzrlqYIzo05Nob6Yoms5zIeDxUBHRPZ0M_vuL0ECKpjhoGBSPFJsJJN9gPSYzMmj88NGqjVDlSX9CxLBi3kDmDu8B47aJX5OtmFK48v1Ay8RsgeeuFG3NxYoh1Y/s72-c/images+3.jpeg" height="72" width="72"/><thr:total>0</thr:total></item><item><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8178415316263789628.post-3966793792682607804</guid><pubDate>Wed, 13 Jul 2011 10:56:00 +0000</pubDate><atom:updated>2011-07-13T04:01:06.808-07:00</atom:updated><category domain="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#">INDIA WEB</category><title>INDIA WEB PROXY</title><description>&lt;a onblur=&quot;try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}&quot; href=&quot;https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjBFtGgVn7qbhNmP2RjOucuxzDo-2oy0YY7-umLlNf0RT9tGOOBPhgGCfV4uAEALIcVLG1c4AIV8vq0AOmUdMweb6cCj-yVIAwi4mSh_pUnlp6XoHY2Wcw2nP2GN2ZoyUj_ErobgFcQypQ/s1600/images+3.jpeg&quot;&gt;&lt;img style=&quot;float:left; margin:0 10px 10px 0;cursor:pointer; cursor:hand;width: 145px; height: 82px;&quot; src=&quot;https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjBFtGgVn7qbhNmP2RjOucuxzDo-2oy0YY7-umLlNf0RT9tGOOBPhgGCfV4uAEALIcVLG1c4AIV8vq0AOmUdMweb6cCj-yVIAwi4mSh_pUnlp6XoHY2Wcw2nP2GN2ZoyUj_ErobgFcQypQ/s320/images+3.jpeg&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;id=&quot;BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5628790144229012610&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;India Web Proxy is a light weight, java based proxy tunnelling software that relies on an external php proxy script to function.&lt;br /&gt;It&#39;s an open source java program that effectively bypasses firewall and internet censorship. It relies on a php proxy script for functionality and has a simple and flexible configuration.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Before using it though, you must have uploaded the required php script or have one that is still functioning...there&#39;s a lot on google too if you can run a filtered search.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;You are not allowed to view links. Register or Login&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Creating Your India Web Proxy Server&lt;br /&gt;The PHP proxy script you need to upload to your webhost is located in the zip file. Upload all three files in the PHP (Server module) folder to your domain web root. There are lots of free hosts to use and I&#39;ll list just a few of them&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;1. mobi.ps&lt;br /&gt;2. x10hosting.com&lt;br /&gt;2. 50webs.com&lt;br /&gt;3. 100mb.com&lt;br /&gt;4. 000a.biz&lt;br /&gt;5. 20x.cc&lt;br /&gt;6. freehostia.com&lt;br /&gt;7. t35.com&lt;br /&gt;8. byethost.com&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;I have to emphasize though that it&#39;s against some webhosts&#39; TOS to use their server for proxy related service and some do not allow conneting to other servers via their server.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;I&#39;ve used the first two free webhosts and they are quite okay.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Now, some hosts require you to have an already registered domain name somewhere else and you&#39;ll need to do change some DNS record before you can make that work.&lt;br /&gt;For starters,make sure the host you&#39;re choosing also offers you a free sub-domain like You are not allowed to view links. Register or Login&lt;br /&gt;If the host you choose requires a domain name, Dot.tk offers you a free domain name at no cost with a customizable DNS record.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;I believe now you have already registered wit a free host, right? Now, check the welcome email you got from your webhost including your account details.&lt;br /&gt;You should see your ftp server, username and password.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If not, navigate around your cpanel, it should be hooked up somewhere.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Now you&#39;ve got the details, you need a ftp client software to upload your script...some hosts offer you a web based ftp interface but most do not. you should be able to upload it from your file manager if your free web host offers you a cPanel.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Ftp clients softwares to upload stuffs to your server include SmartFTP, Filezilla etc. But i&#39;m not gonna take your through d trouble of downloadin anything, there&#39;s an easy way out.&lt;br /&gt;The easy way out is using an online ftp client...a site actually from where you can access your site and install your script easily.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;You are not allowed to view links. Register or Login&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If you can upload via the file manger in your cpanel, click on it, otherwise you&#39;ll have to use ftplive.com with your ftp details (we discused that earlier)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Simply upload your script php script to your domain root or locate the www folder&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;I recently included some fixed scripts in the zipped folder with which you can create your IndiaWebProxy personal server on your free or paid host.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Configuring India Web Proxy&lt;br /&gt;1. Locate and open IndiaWebProxy.jar (with java runtime 1.5 or higher)&lt;br /&gt;2. Click on settings&lt;br /&gt;3. You only need to configure 4 or 5 parameters&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;For MTN,&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;PHP WEB SERVER IP - You are not allowed to view links. Register or Login&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;PHP WEB SERVER PORT - 80&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;PHP FILE FULL URL - You are not allowed to view links. Register or Login&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;ORGANIZATION PROXY HOST - 010.199.212.002&lt;br /&gt;ORGANIZATION PROXY PORT - 8080&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Save your settings and click on start and you&#39;re just a step away...&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Now go to your browser settings and key in localhost:6050 and localhost:6051 for http and https connections respectively.</description><link>http://trusted22.blogspot.com/2011/07/india-web-proxy.html</link><author>noreply@blogger.com (TRUSTED SOFTWARE)</author><media:thumbnail xmlns:media="http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/" url="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjBFtGgVn7qbhNmP2RjOucuxzDo-2oy0YY7-umLlNf0RT9tGOOBPhgGCfV4uAEALIcVLG1c4AIV8vq0AOmUdMweb6cCj-yVIAwi4mSh_pUnlp6XoHY2Wcw2nP2GN2ZoyUj_ErobgFcQypQ/s72-c/images+3.jpeg" height="72" width="72"/><thr:total>0</thr:total></item><item><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8178415316263789628.post-8531447544135416445</guid><pubDate>Wed, 13 Jul 2011 10:46:00 +0000</pubDate><atom:updated>2011-07-13T03:50:13.476-07:00</atom:updated><category domain="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#">MOZILLA FIREFOX</category><title>Private Browsing Feature on Mozilla Firefox</title><description>&lt;a onblur=&quot;try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}&quot; href=&quot;https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgrOgeo_BXYKJQ41Q1OSI7Rbkyg8aOQD8-gyBqCALB-U-R04VheuMGlwu0482w6Jhyh1ylUmrtzPYfHEeOVqtxONKLN0ztF53LS_q6nciBY1tacaQbEE7B_6yx6xQkVO76l5mAOH-HA_Po/s1600/images+3.jpeg&quot;&gt;&lt;img style=&quot;float:left; margin:0 10px 10px 0;cursor:pointer; cursor:hand;width: 150px; height: 57px;&quot; src=&quot;https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgrOgeo_BXYKJQ41Q1OSI7Rbkyg8aOQD8-gyBqCALB-U-R04VheuMGlwu0482w6Jhyh1ylUmrtzPYfHEeOVqtxONKLN0ztF53LS_q6nciBY1tacaQbEE7B_6yx6xQkVO76l5mAOH-HA_Po/s320/images+3.jpeg&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;id=&quot;BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5628786643959316178&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Mozilla Firefox is personally the best browser I would recommend for anyone who desires speed, reliability and perfect rendering of web pages. Apart from these generally known features that makes Firefox stand out, there is a very good feature on it just for your online security that I just can&#39;t find on other browsers. Private Browsing is quite an innovative feature designed for people who use shared computers at work, cyber cafes or schools.&lt;br /&gt;When enabled, Firefox never keeps a record of your browsing history for that session. No history or cookies are stored even when you forget to log out of those sites and you can be rest assured no one will be meddling with your browsing history behind your back.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The private browsing feature is quite great as you surf the internet without leaving a single trace of your online activity on that computer even if you suddenly close your browser or there is a power outage before you could manually log out and clear your browsing history.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;No data is left as your browsing and download history, form and search history, cookies, cache, active logins and site preferences are all forgotten! I think this private browsing feature started with Firefox 3.1 (I&#39;m just guessing though). So if you&#39;re still using Firefox 2, I suggest you download the latest&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;To enable private browsing, click on Tools and select Start Private Browsing or simply press Ctrl + Shift + P on the keyboard. It&#39;s as easy as that and your online privacy is guaranteed.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;a onblur=&quot;try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}&quot; href=&quot;https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjYpds-pje3I8tfMwnJiLUFqLt9l4_m6hJXIByHCxTHEOvDtJ29hNtrSj44az6zox9x7gPDiMo4ajc_vi9QDDgLcLzjknfuxkNA8yzZZAmkxdlH28JshGqDuFkLfFWLkk6kE-uLPD4WCFY/s1600/private+browsing.png&quot;&gt;&lt;img style=&quot;float:left; margin:0 10px 10px 0;cursor:pointer; cursor:hand;width: 320px; height: 210px;&quot; src=&quot;https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjYpds-pje3I8tfMwnJiLUFqLt9l4_m6hJXIByHCxTHEOvDtJ29hNtrSj44az6zox9x7gPDiMo4ajc_vi9QDDgLcLzjknfuxkNA8yzZZAmkxdlH28JshGqDuFkLfFWLkk6kE-uLPD4WCFY/s320/private+browsing.png&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;id=&quot;BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5628786863467775410&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;For your security, always turn this private browsing feature on each time you use a shared computer.</description><link>http://trusted22.blogspot.com/2011/07/mozilla-firefox-is-personally-best.html</link><author>noreply@blogger.com (TRUSTED SOFTWARE)</author><media:thumbnail xmlns:media="http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/" url="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgrOgeo_BXYKJQ41Q1OSI7Rbkyg8aOQD8-gyBqCALB-U-R04VheuMGlwu0482w6Jhyh1ylUmrtzPYfHEeOVqtxONKLN0ztF53LS_q6nciBY1tacaQbEE7B_6yx6xQkVO76l5mAOH-HA_Po/s72-c/images+3.jpeg" height="72" width="72"/><thr:total>0</thr:total></item><item><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8178415316263789628.post-3598738690828910502</guid><pubDate>Wed, 13 Jul 2011 10:03:00 +0000</pubDate><atom:updated>2011-07-13T03:41:25.731-07:00</atom:updated><title>How to Backup Firefox Password and Bookmarks</title><description>&lt;a onblur=&quot;try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}&quot; href=&quot;https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjWoPwLwU2g96apshwgQRkW8irqPl_lGl9fKKlA2qGUGO6rk6J1BQEIUpKSdP1X_HP7cew6_A-cWst7sgE9in1Ly8T-A-a679yOMFM6YNPCehqxVazxl2sJZtiyIt0VA0LT7v4MPM1anD4/s1600/images+3.jpeg&quot;&gt;&lt;img style=&quot;float: left; margin: 0pt 10px 10px 0pt; cursor: pointer; width: 131px; height: 131px;&quot; src=&quot;https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjWoPwLwU2g96apshwgQRkW8irqPl_lGl9fKKlA2qGUGO6rk6J1BQEIUpKSdP1X_HP7cew6_A-cWst7sgE9in1Ly8T-A-a679yOMFM6YNPCehqxVazxl2sJZtiyIt0VA0LT7v4MPM1anD4/s320/images+3.jpeg&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5628785107552380594&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Quite a lot of Firefox users know this but there might still be a couple of people out there who do not know of this little tweak.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Saving Bookmarks&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;To back up your Bookmarks,&lt;br /&gt;-Open Firefox&lt;br /&gt;-Click on Bookmarks&lt;br /&gt;-Click on Organize Bookmarks&lt;br /&gt;-Go to Import and Backup&lt;br /&gt;-Select Export HTML…&lt;br /&gt;-Save it anywhere as a html file and you are done.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;When you want your bookmarks back after a reinstall, simply import this file in the same way you exported it.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Backing up Saved Passwords&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;-Go to Documents and Settings &amp;gt; USERNAME &amp;gt; Application Data &amp;gt; Mozilla &amp;gt; Firefox &amp;gt; Profiles &amp;gt; cxhmjww8.default (this name is random)&lt;br /&gt;-Backup the following files&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;+key3.db&lt;br /&gt;+signons2.txt (if you’re using FF 2.0+)&lt;br /&gt;+signons3.txt (if you’re using FF 3.0+)&lt;br /&gt;+signons.sqlite (if you&#39;re using FF 3.5+)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;These files contain data regarding your saved passwords. After a reinstall, overwrite these files back to this folder.</description><link>http://trusted22.blogspot.com/2011/07/how-to-backup-firefox-password-and.html</link><author>noreply@blogger.com (TRUSTED SOFTWARE)</author><media:thumbnail xmlns:media="http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/" url="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjWoPwLwU2g96apshwgQRkW8irqPl_lGl9fKKlA2qGUGO6rk6J1BQEIUpKSdP1X_HP7cew6_A-cWst7sgE9in1Ly8T-A-a679yOMFM6YNPCehqxVazxl2sJZtiyIt0VA0LT7v4MPM1anD4/s72-c/images+3.jpeg" height="72" width="72"/><thr:total>0</thr:total></item><item><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8178415316263789628.post-4095144362700394035</guid><pubDate>Fri, 08 Jul 2011 10:21:00 +0000</pubDate><atom:updated>2011-07-08T04:47:59.917-07:00</atom:updated><category domain="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#">winrar</category><title>RAR Archiver</title><description>&lt;a onblur=&quot;try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}&quot; href=&quot;https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjxy0RlNaEbOarXS8jgvL40Lw7TyYAJAaDKGvmwNajlH4HLRIreI3tkvKCmWHytEfBqCrK64NLF7fEcejTtCAdKb6Z-IX95wSoMTi2kWzQJ6qf8j7mmpjUQqje-hdbK7zm9DRKf3SAiIXg/s1600/images.jpeg&quot;&gt;&lt;img style=&quot;float:left; margin:0 10px 10px 0;cursor:pointer; cursor:hand;width: 91px; height: 124px;&quot; src=&quot;https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjxy0RlNaEbOarXS8jgvL40Lw7TyYAJAaDKGvmwNajlH4HLRIreI3tkvKCmWHytEfBqCrK64NLF7fEcejTtCAdKb6Z-IX95wSoMTi2kWzQJ6qf8j7mmpjUQqje-hdbK7zm9DRKf3SAiIXg/s320/images.jpeg&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;id=&quot;BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5626946498338991442&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;RAR 3.51 32-bit console version&lt;br /&gt;                     ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                       =-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-&lt;br /&gt;                       Welcome to the RAR Archiver!&lt;br /&gt;                       -=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; ~~~~~~~~~~~~&lt;br /&gt;I have use this  software  before ,and it helps to extract files.&lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;                    This RAR Software is a powerful tool allowing you to manage and control archive&lt;br /&gt;  files. Console RAR supports archives only in RAR format, the names of which usually have a &quot;.rar&quot; extension. ZIP and other formats&lt;br /&gt;  are not supported. Windows users may install GUI RAR version - WinRAR,which is able to process many more archive types.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;  RAR features include:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    *  Highly sophisticated, original compression algorithm&lt;br /&gt;    *  Special compression algorithms optimized for text, audio,&lt;br /&gt;       graphics data, 32 and 64-bit Intel executables&lt;br /&gt;    *  Better compression than similar tools, using &#39;solid&#39; archiving&lt;br /&gt;    *  Authenticity verification (registered version only)&lt;br /&gt;    *  Self-extracting archives and volumes (SFX)&lt;br /&gt;    *  Ability to recover physically damaged archives&lt;br /&gt;    *  Locking, password, file order list, file security &amp; more ...&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; Configuration file&lt;br /&gt; ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;  RAR for Unix reads configuration information from the file .rarrc&lt;br /&gt;  in the user&#39;s home directory (stored in HOME environment variable)&lt;br /&gt;  or in /etc directory.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;  RAR for Windows reads configuration information from the file rar.ini,&lt;br /&gt;  placed in the same directory as the rar.exe file.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;  This file may contain the following string:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;  switches=&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; Environment variable&lt;br /&gt; ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    Default parameters may be added to the RAR command line by establishing&lt;br /&gt;    an environment variable &quot;RAR&quot;.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    For instance, in UNIX following lines may be added to your profile:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;      RAR=&#39;-s -md1024&#39;&lt;br /&gt;      export RAR&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    RAR will use this string as default parameters in the command line and&lt;br /&gt;    will create &quot;solid&quot; archives with 1024 KB sliding dictionary size.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    RAR handles options with priority as following:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;       command line switches                   highest priority&lt;br /&gt;       switches in the RAR variable            lower priority&lt;br /&gt;       switches saved in configuration file    lowest priority&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; Log file&lt;br /&gt; ~~~~~~~~&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;  If the switch -ilog is specified in the command line or configuration&lt;br /&gt;  file, RAR will write informational messages, concerning errors&lt;br /&gt;  encountered while processing archives, into a log file. In Unix&lt;br /&gt;  this file is named .rarlog and placed in the user&#39;s home directory.&lt;br /&gt;  In Windows it is named rar.log and placed in the same directory as&lt;br /&gt;  the rar.exe file. Switch -ilog allows to override the default log name.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; The file order list for solid archiving - rarfiles.lst&lt;br /&gt; ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;  rarfiles.lst contains a user-defined file list, which tells RAR&lt;br /&gt;  the order in which to add files to a solid archive. It may contain&lt;br /&gt;  file names, wildcards and special entry - $default. The default&lt;br /&gt;  entry defines the place in order list for files not matched&lt;br /&gt;  with other entries in this file. The comment character is &#39;;&#39;.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;  In Windows this file should be placed in the same directory as RAR,&lt;br /&gt;  in Unix - to the user&#39;s home directory or in /etc.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;  Tips to provide improved compression and speed of operation:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;  - similar files should be grouped together in the archive;&lt;br /&gt;  - frequently accessed files should be placed at the beginning.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;  Normally masks placed nearer to the top of list have a higher priority,&lt;br /&gt;  but there is an exception from this rule. If rarfiles.lst contains such&lt;br /&gt;  two masks that all files matched by one mask are also matched by another,&lt;br /&gt;  that mask which matches a smaller subset of file names will have higher&lt;br /&gt;  priority regardless of its position in the list. For example, if you have&lt;br /&gt;  *.cpp and f*.cpp masks, f*.cpp has a higher priority, so the position of&lt;br /&gt;  &#39;filename.cpp&#39; will be chosen according to &#39;f*.cpp&#39;, not &#39;*.cpp&#39;.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; RAR command line syntax&lt;br /&gt; ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; Syntax&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    RAR   [ - ]    [ &lt;@listfiles...&gt; ]&lt;br /&gt;        [  ]  [  ]&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; Description&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    Command line options (commands and switches) provide control of&lt;br /&gt;    creating and managing archives with RAR. The command is a string (or a&lt;br /&gt;    single letter) which commands RAR to perform a corresponding action.&lt;br /&gt;    Switches are designed to modify the way RAR performs the action. Other&lt;br /&gt;    parameters are archive name and files to be archived into or extracted&lt;br /&gt;    from the archive.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    Listfiles are plain text files that contain names of files to process.&lt;br /&gt;    File names should start at the first column. It is possible to&lt;br /&gt;    put comments to the listfile after // characters. For example,&lt;br /&gt;    you may create backup.lst containing the following strings:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    c:\work\doc\*.txt         //backup text documents&lt;br /&gt;    c:\work\image\*.bmp       //backup pictures&lt;br /&gt;    c:\work\misc&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    and then run:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;       rar a backup @backup.lst&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    If you wish to read file names from stdin (standard input),&lt;br /&gt;    specify the empty listfile name (just @).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    Win32 console RAR uses OEM (DOS) encoding in list files.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    You may specify both usual file names and list files in the same&lt;br /&gt;    command line. If neither files nor listfiles are specified,&lt;br /&gt;    then *.* is implied and RAR will process all files&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    In a UNIX environment you need to quote wildcards to avoid them&lt;br /&gt;    being expanded by shell. For example, this command will extract&lt;br /&gt;    *.asm files from RAR archives in current path:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;       rar e &#39;*.rar&#39; &#39;*.asm&#39;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    Command could be any of the following:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    a       Add files to archive.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            Example:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            create or update existent archive myarch, adding all files&lt;br /&gt;            in the current directory&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            rar a myarch&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    c       Add archive comment. Comments are displayed while the archive is&lt;br /&gt;            being processed. Comment length is limited to 62000 bytes&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            Examples:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            rar c distrib.rar&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            Also comments may be added from a file:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            rar c -zinfo.txt dummy&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    cf      Add files comment. File comments are displayed when the &#39;v&#39;&lt;br /&gt;            command is given. File comment length is limited to 32767 bytes.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            Example:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            rar cf bigarch *.txt&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    cw      Write archive comment to specified file.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            Example:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            rar cw oldarch comment.txt&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    d       Delete files from archive. Please note if the processing of this&lt;br /&gt;            command results in removing all the files from the archive,&lt;br /&gt;            the empty archive would removed.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    e       Extract files to current directory.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    f       Freshen files in archive. Updates those files changed since they&lt;br /&gt;            were packed to the archive. This command will not add new files&lt;br /&gt;            to the archive.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    i[i|c|h|t]=&lt;br /&gt;            Find string in archives.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            Supports following optional parameters:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;              i - case insensitive search (default);&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;              c - case sensitive search;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;              h - hexadecimal search;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;              t - use ANSI, Unicode and OEM character tables (Win32 only);&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            If no parameters are specified, it is possible to use&lt;br /&gt;            the simplified command syntax i instead of i=&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            It is allowed to specify &#39;t&#39; modifier with other parameters,&lt;br /&gt;            for example, ict=string performs case sensitive search&lt;br /&gt;            using all mentioned above character tables.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            Examples:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            1) rar &quot;ic=first level&quot; -r c:\*.rar *.txt&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            Perform case sensitive search of &quot;first level&quot; string&lt;br /&gt;            in *.txt files in *.rar archives on the disk c:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            2) rar ih=f0e0aeaeab2d83e3a9 -r e:\texts&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            Search for hex string f0 e0 ae ae ab 2d 83 e3 a9&lt;br /&gt;            in rar archives in e:\texts directory.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    k       Lock archive. Any command which intends to change the archive&lt;br /&gt;            will be ignored.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            Example:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            rar k final.rar&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    l[t,b]  List contents of archive [technical]. Files are listed as with&lt;br /&gt;            the &#39;v&#39; command with the exception of the file path. i.e. only&lt;br /&gt;            the file name is displayed. Optional technical information&lt;br /&gt;            (host OS, solid flag and old version flag) is displayed&lt;br /&gt;            when &#39;t&#39; modifier is used. Modifier &#39;b&#39; forces RAR to output&lt;br /&gt;            only bare file names without any additional information.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    m[f]    Move to archive [files only]. Moving files and directories&lt;br /&gt;            results in the files and directories being erased upon&lt;br /&gt;            successful completion of the packing operation. Directories will&lt;br /&gt;            not be removed if &#39;f&#39; modifier is used and/or &#39;-ed&#39; switch is&lt;br /&gt;            applied.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    p       Print file to stdout.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            You may use this command together with -inul switch to disable&lt;br /&gt;            all RAR messages and print only file data. It may be important&lt;br /&gt;            when you need to send a file to stdout for use in pipes.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    r       Repair archive. Archive repairing is performed in two stages.&lt;br /&gt;            First, the damaged archive is searched for a recovery record&lt;br /&gt;            (see &#39;rr&#39; command). If the archive contains a recovery record&lt;br /&gt;            and if the portion of the damaged data is continuous and less&lt;br /&gt;            than N*512 bytes, where N is number of recovery sectors placed&lt;br /&gt;            into the archive, the chance of successful archive&lt;br /&gt;            reconstruction is very high. When this stage has been completed,&lt;br /&gt;            a new archive will be created, called fixed.arcname.rar,&lt;br /&gt;            where &#39;arcname&#39; is the original (damaged) archive name.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            If a broken archive does not contain a recovery record or if&lt;br /&gt;            the archive is not completely recovered due to major damage, a&lt;br /&gt;            second stage is performed. During this stage only the archive&lt;br /&gt;            structure is reconstructed and it is impossible to recover&lt;br /&gt;            files which fail the CRC validation, it is still possible,&lt;br /&gt;            however, to recover undamaged files, which were inaccessible&lt;br /&gt;            due to the broken archive structure. Mostly this is useful&lt;br /&gt;            for non-solid archives.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            When the second stage is completed, the reconstructed archive&lt;br /&gt;            will be saved as rebuilt.arcname.rar, where &#39;arcname&#39; is&lt;br /&gt;            the original archive name.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            RAR/DOS32 version uses _recover.rar and _reconst.rar instead&lt;br /&gt;            of names mentioned aboves.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            While the recovery is in progress, RAR may prompt the user for&lt;br /&gt;            assistance when a suspicious file is detected.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                      Suspicious entry&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;              Name:  &lt;br /&gt;              Size:      Packed: &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;                      Add it: Yes/No/All&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            Answer &#39;y&#39; to add this entry to the file fixed.arcname.rar.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            Example:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            rar r buggy.rar&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    rc      Reconstruct missing and damaged volumes using recovery volumes&lt;br /&gt;            (.rev files). You need to specify any existing volume&lt;br /&gt;            as the archive name, for example, &#39;rar rc backup.part03.rar&#39;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            Read &#39;rv&#39; command description for information about&lt;br /&gt;            recovery volumes.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    rn      Rename archived files.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            The command syntax is:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            rar rn    ...  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            For example, the following command:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            rar rn data.rar readme.txt readme.bak info.txt info.bak&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            will rename readme.txt to readme.bak and info.txt to info.bak&lt;br /&gt;            in the archive data.rar.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            It is allowed to use wildcards in the source and destination&lt;br /&gt;            names for simple name transformations like changing file&lt;br /&gt;            extensions. For example:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            rar rn data.rar *.txt *.bak&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            will rename all *.txt files to *.bak.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            RAR does not check if the destination file name is already&lt;br /&gt;            present in the archive, so you need to be careful to avoid&lt;br /&gt;            duplicated names. It is especially important when using&lt;br /&gt;            wildcards. Such a command is potentially dangerous, because&lt;br /&gt;            a wrong wildcard may corrupt all archived names.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    rr[N]   Add data recovery record. Optionally, redundant information&lt;br /&gt;            (recovery record) may be added to an archive. This will cause&lt;br /&gt;            a small increase of the archive size and helps to recover&lt;br /&gt;            archived files in case of floppy disk failure or data losses of&lt;br /&gt;            any other kind. A recovery record contains up to 524288 recovery&lt;br /&gt;            sectors. The number of sectors may be specified directly in the&lt;br /&gt;            &#39;rr&#39; command (N = 1, 2 .. 524288) or, if it is not specified by&lt;br /&gt;            the user, it will be selected automatically according to the&lt;br /&gt;            archive size: a size of the recovery information will be about&lt;br /&gt;            1% of the total archive size, usually allowing the recovery of&lt;br /&gt;            up to 0.6% of the total archive size of continuously damaged data.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            It is also possible to specify the recovery record size in&lt;br /&gt;            percent to the archive size. Just append the percent character&lt;br /&gt;            to the command parameter. For example:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            rar rr3% arcname&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            Note that if you run this command from .bat or .cmd file,&lt;br /&gt;            you need to use rr3%% instead of rr3%, because the command&lt;br /&gt;            processor treats the single &#39;%&#39; character as the start of&lt;br /&gt;            a batch file parameter. You may also use &#39;p&#39; instead of &#39;%&#39;,&lt;br /&gt;            so &#39;rr3p&#39; will work too.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            If data is damaged continuously, then each rr-sector helps to&lt;br /&gt;            recover 512 bytes of damaged information. This value may be&lt;br /&gt;            lower in cases of multiple damage.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            The size of the recovery record may be approximately determined&lt;br /&gt;            by the formula /256 + &lt;br /&gt;            sectors&gt;*512 bytes.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    rv[N]   Create recovery volumes (.rev files), which can be later&lt;br /&gt;            used to reconstruct missing and damaged files in a volume&lt;br /&gt;            set. This command makes sense only for multivolume archives&lt;br /&gt;            and you need to specify the name of the first volume&lt;br /&gt;            in the set as the archive name. For example:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            rar rv3 data.part01.rar&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            This feature may be useful for backups or, for example,&lt;br /&gt;            when you posted a multivolume archive to a newsgroup&lt;br /&gt;            and a part of subscribers did not receive some of the files.&lt;br /&gt;            Reposting recovery volumes instead of usual volumes&lt;br /&gt;            may reduce the total number of files to repost.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            Each recovery volume is able to reconstruct one missing&lt;br /&gt;            or damaged RAR volume. For example, if you have 30 volumes&lt;br /&gt;            and 3 recovery volumes, you are able to reconstruct any&lt;br /&gt;            3 missing volumes. If the number of .rev files is less than&lt;br /&gt;            the number of missing volumes, reconstructing is impossible.&lt;br /&gt;            The total number of usual and recovery volumes must not&lt;br /&gt;            exceed 255.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            The optional  parameter specifies a number of recovery&lt;br /&gt;            volumes to create and must be less than the total number&lt;br /&gt;            of RAR volumes in the set. You may also append a percent&lt;br /&gt;            character to this parameter, in such case the number of&lt;br /&gt;            creating .rev files will be equal to this percent taken&lt;br /&gt;            from the total number of RAR volumes. For example:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            rar rv15% data.part01.rar&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            RAR reconstructs missing and damaged volumes either when&lt;br /&gt;            using &#39;rc&#39; command or automatically, if it cannot locate&lt;br /&gt;            the next volume and finds the required number of .rev files&lt;br /&gt;            when unpacking.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            Original copies of damaged volumes are renamed to *.bad&lt;br /&gt;            before reconstruction. For example, volname.part03.rar&lt;br /&gt;            will be renamed to volname.part03.rar.bad.&lt;br /&gt;            &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    s[name] Convert archive to SFX. The archive is merged with a SFX module&lt;br /&gt;            (using a module in file default.sfx or specified in the switch).&lt;br /&gt;            In the Windows version default.sfx should be placed in the&lt;br /&gt;            same directory as the rar.exe, in Unix - in the user&#39;s&lt;br /&gt;            home directory, in /usr/lib or /usr/local/lib.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    s-      Remove SFX module from the already existing SFX archive.&lt;br /&gt;            RAR creates a new archive without SFX module, the original&lt;br /&gt;            SFX archive is not deleted.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    t       Test archive files. This command performs a dummy file&lt;br /&gt;            extraction, writing nothing to the output stream, in order to&lt;br /&gt;            validate the specified file(s).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            Examples:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            Test archives in current directory:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            rar t *&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            or for Unix:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            rar t &#39;*&#39;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            User may test archives in all sub-directories, starting&lt;br /&gt;            with the current path:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            rar t -r *&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            or for Unix:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            rar t -r &#39;*&#39;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    u       Update files in archive. Adds files not yet in the archive&lt;br /&gt;            and updates files that have been changed since they were packed&lt;br /&gt;            into the archive.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    v[t,b]  Verbosely list the contents of archive [technical].&lt;br /&gt;            Files are listed using the format: full pathname, file comment,&lt;br /&gt;            original and compressed size, compression ratio, last update&lt;br /&gt;            date and time, attributes, CRC, compression method and minimum&lt;br /&gt;            RAR version required to extract. Optional technical information&lt;br /&gt;            (host OS, solid flag and old file version flag) is displayed&lt;br /&gt;            when &#39;t&#39; modifier is used. Modifier &#39;b&#39; forces RAR to output&lt;br /&gt;            only bare file names without any additional information.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            To list the contents of all archive volumes, use an asterisk&lt;br /&gt;            (&#39;*&#39;) in place of the archive file extension or use the &#39;-v&#39;&lt;br /&gt;            switch.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            Example:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            1) list contents of system.rar archive (technical mode)&lt;br /&gt;               and redirect output to file techlist.lst&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;               rar vt system &gt;techlist.lst&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            2) list contents of tutorial.rar archive (bare file names mode)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;               rar vb tutorial&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    x       Extract files with full path.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            Example:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            rar x -av- -c- dime 10cents.txt&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            extract specified file to current path. AV check and comment&lt;br /&gt;            show are disabled.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    Switches (used in conjunction with a command):&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    -?      Display help on commands and switches. The same as when none&lt;br /&gt;            or an illegal command line option is entered.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    --      Stop switches scanning&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            This switch tells to RAR that there are no more switches&lt;br /&gt;            in the command line. It could be useful, if either archive&lt;br /&gt;            or file name starts from &#39;-&#39; character. Without &#39;--&#39; switch&lt;br /&gt;            such a name would be treated as a switch.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            Example:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            add all files from the current directory to the solid archive&lt;br /&gt;            &#39;-StrangeName&#39;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            RAR a -s -- -StrangeName&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    -ac     Clear Archive attribute after compression or extraction&lt;br /&gt;            (Windows version only).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    -ad     Append archive name to destination path.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            This option may be useful when unpacking a group of archives.&lt;br /&gt;            By default RAR places files from all archives in the same&lt;br /&gt;            directory, but this switch creates a separate directory&lt;br /&gt;            for files unpacked from each archive.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            Example:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            rar x -ad *.rar data\&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            RAR will create subdirectories below &#39;data&#39; for every unpacking&lt;br /&gt;            archive.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    -ag[format]&lt;br /&gt;            Generate archive name using the current date and time.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            Appends the current date string to an archive name when&lt;br /&gt;            creating an archive. Useful for daily backups.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            Format of the appending string is defined by the optional&lt;br /&gt;            &quot;format&quot; parameter or by &quot;YYYYMMDDHHMMSS&quot; if this parameter&lt;br /&gt;            is absent. The format string may include the following&lt;br /&gt;            characters:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            Y   - year&lt;br /&gt;            M   - month&lt;br /&gt;            MMM - month name as text string (Jan, Feb, etc.)&lt;br /&gt;            W   - a week number (a week starts with Monday)&lt;br /&gt;            A   - day of week number (Monday is 1, Sunday - 7)&lt;br /&gt;            D   - day of month&lt;br /&gt;            E   - day of year&lt;br /&gt;            H   - hours&lt;br /&gt;            M   - minutes (treated as minutes if encountered after hours)&lt;br /&gt;            S   - seconds&lt;br /&gt;            N   - archive number. RAR searches for already existing archive&lt;br /&gt;                  with generated name and if found, increments the archive&lt;br /&gt;                  number until generating a unique name.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            Each of format string characters listed above represents only&lt;br /&gt;            one character added to archive name. For example, use WW for&lt;br /&gt;            two digit week number or YYYY to define four digit year.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            If the first character in the format string is &#39;+&#39;, positions&lt;br /&gt;            of the date string and base archive name are exchanged,&lt;br /&gt;            so a date will precede an archive name.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            The format string may contain optional text enclosed in &#39;{&#39;&lt;br /&gt;            and &#39;}&#39; characters. This text is inserted into archive name.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            All other characters are added to an archive name without&lt;br /&gt;            changes.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            If you need to update an already existing archive, be careful&lt;br /&gt;            with -ag switch. Depending on the format string and time passed&lt;br /&gt;            since previous -ag use, generated and existing archive names&lt;br /&gt;            may mismatch. In this case RAR will create a new archive&lt;br /&gt;            instead of updating the already existing.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            Examples:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            1) use the default YYYYMMDDHHMMSS format&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;               rar a -ag backup&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            2) use DD-MMM-YY format&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;               rar a -agDD-MMM-YY backup&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            3) use YYYYMMDDHHMM format, place date before &#39;backup&#39;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;               rar a -ag+YYYYMMDDHHMM backup&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            4) use YYYY-WW-A format, include fields description&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;               rar a -agYYYY{year}-WW{week}-A{wday} backup&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            5) use YYYYMMDD and the archive number. It allows to generate&lt;br /&gt;               unique names even when YYYYMMDD format mask used more than&lt;br /&gt;               once in the same day&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;               rar a -agYYYYMMDD-NN backup&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    -ao     Add files with Archive attribute set&lt;br /&gt;            (Windows version only).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            Example:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            add all disk C: files with Archive attribute set&lt;br /&gt;            to the &#39;f:backup&#39; and clear files Archive attribute&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            rar a -r -ac -ao f:backup c:\*.*&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    -ap     Set path inside archive. This path is merged to file&lt;br /&gt;            names when adding files to an archive and removed&lt;br /&gt;            from file names when extracting.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            For example, if you wish to add the file &#39;readme.txt&#39;&lt;br /&gt;            to the directory &#39;DOCS\ENG&#39; of archive &#39;release&#39;,&lt;br /&gt;            you may run:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            rar a -apDOCS\ENG release readme.txt&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            or to extract &#39;ENG&#39; to the current directory:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            rar x -apDOCS release DOCS\ENG\*.*&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    -as     Synchronize archive contents&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            If this switch is used when archiving, those archived files&lt;br /&gt;            which are not present in the list of the currently added&lt;br /&gt;            files, will be deleted from the archive. It is convenient to&lt;br /&gt;            use this switch in combination with -u (update) to synchronize&lt;br /&gt;            contents of an archive and an archiving directory.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            For example, after the command:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            rar a -u -as backup sources\*.cpp&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            the archive &#39;backup.rar&#39; will contain only *.cpp files&lt;br /&gt;            from directory &#39;sources&#39;, all other files will be deleted&lt;br /&gt;            from the archive. It looks similar to creating a new archive,&lt;br /&gt;            but with one important exception: if no files are modified&lt;br /&gt;            since the last backup, the operation is performed much faster&lt;br /&gt;            than the creation of a new archive.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    -av     Put authenticity verification (registered versions only).&lt;br /&gt;            RAR will put, in every new and updated archive, information&lt;br /&gt;            concerning the creator, last update time and archive name.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            If an archive, containing authenticity verification, is being&lt;br /&gt;            modified and this switch is not specified, the authenticity&lt;br /&gt;            verification information will be removed.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            When extracting, testing, listing or updating an archive with&lt;br /&gt;            the &#39;-av&#39; switch, RAR will perform integrity validation and&lt;br /&gt;            display the message:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;              Verifying authenticity information ...&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            In the case of successful authenticity verification, the message&lt;br /&gt;            &#39;Ok&#39;, creator name and last update information will be&lt;br /&gt;            displayed. In the case of authenticity verification failure, the&lt;br /&gt;            message &#39;FAILED&#39; will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            The Authenticity Verification feature, &#39;-av,&#39; is recommended for&lt;br /&gt;            use with archives in a software distribution environment.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            In order to enable the Authenticity verification feature, the&lt;br /&gt;            program MUST be registered. Please contact your local&lt;br /&gt;            distribution site or the world-wide distribution center.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    -av-    Disable authenticity verification checking or adding.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    -cfg-   Ignore configuration file and RAR environment variable.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    -cl     Convert file names to lower case.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    -cu     Convert file names to upper case.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    -c-     Disable comments show.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    -df     Delete files after archiving&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            Move files to archive. This switch in combination with&lt;br /&gt;            the command &quot;A&quot; performs the same action as the command &quot;M&quot;.&lt;br /&gt;           &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    -dh     Open shared files&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            Allows to process files opened by other applications&lt;br /&gt;            for writing.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            This switch helps if an application allowed read access&lt;br /&gt;            to file, but if all types of file access are prohibited,&lt;br /&gt;            the file open operation will still fail.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            This option could be dangerous, because it allows&lt;br /&gt;            to archive a file, which at the same time is modified&lt;br /&gt;            by another application, so use it carefully.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    -ds     Do not sort files while adding to a solid archive.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    -ed     Do not add empty directories&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            This switch indicates that directory records are not to be&lt;br /&gt;            stored in the created archive. When extracting such archives,&lt;br /&gt;            RAR creates non-empty directories basing on paths of files&lt;br /&gt;            contained in them. Information about empty directories is&lt;br /&gt;            lost. All attributes of non-empty directories except a name&lt;br /&gt;            (access rights, streams, etc.) will be lost as well, so use&lt;br /&gt;            this switch only if you do not need to preserve such information.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    -ee     Do not process extended attributes&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            Disables saving and restoring extended file attributes.&lt;br /&gt;            Only for OS/2 versions.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    -en     Do not add &quot;end of archive&quot; block&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            By default, RAR adds an &quot;end of archive&quot; block to the end of&lt;br /&gt;            a new or updated archive. It allows to skip external data like&lt;br /&gt;            digital signatures safely, but in some special cases it may be&lt;br /&gt;            useful to disable this feature. For example, if an archive&lt;br /&gt;            is transferred between two systems via an unreliable link and&lt;br /&gt;            at the same time a sender adds new files to it, it may be&lt;br /&gt;            important to be sure that the already received file part will&lt;br /&gt;            not be modified on the other end between transfer sessions.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            This switch cannot be used with volumes, because the end&lt;br /&gt;            of archive block contains information important for correct&lt;br /&gt;            volume processing. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    -ep     Exclude paths from names. This switch enables files to be added&lt;br /&gt;            to an archive without including the path information. This&lt;br /&gt;            could, of course, result in multiple files existing in the&lt;br /&gt;            archive with the same name.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    -ep1    Exclude base dir from names. Do not store the path entered in&lt;br /&gt;            the command line.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            Example:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            all files and directories from the directory tmp will be added&lt;br /&gt;            to the archive &#39;test&#39;, but the path in archived names will not&lt;br /&gt;            include &#39;tmp\&#39;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            rar a -ep1 -r test tmp\*&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            This is equivalent to the commands:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            cd tmp&lt;br /&gt;            rar a -r ..\test&lt;br /&gt;            cd ..&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    -ep2    Expand paths to full. Store full file paths (except a drive&lt;br /&gt;            letter and leading path separator) when archiving.&lt;br /&gt;    &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    -ep3    Expand paths to full including the drive letter.&lt;br /&gt;            Win32 version only.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            This switch stores full file paths including the drive&lt;br /&gt;            letter if used when archiving. Drive separators (colons)&lt;br /&gt;            are replaced by underscore characters.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            If you use -ep3 when extracting, it will change&lt;br /&gt;            underscores back to colons and create unpacked files&lt;br /&gt;            in their original directories and disks. If the user&lt;br /&gt;            also specified a destination path, it will be ignored.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            This switch can help to backup several disks to the same&lt;br /&gt;            archive. For example, you may run:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            rar a -ep3 -r backup.rar c:\ d:\ e:\&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            to create backup and:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            rar x -ep3 backup.rar&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            to restore it.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            But be cautious and use -ep3 only if you are sure that&lt;br /&gt;            extracting archive does not contain any malicious files.&lt;br /&gt;            In other words, use it if you have created an archive yourself&lt;br /&gt;            or completely trust its author. This switch allows to overwrite&lt;br /&gt;            any file in any location on your computer including important&lt;br /&gt;            system files and should normally be used only for the purpose&lt;br /&gt;            of backup and restore.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    -e[+]&lt;br /&gt;            Specifies file exclude or include attributes mask.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;             is a number in the decimal, octal (with leading &#39;0&#39;)&lt;br /&gt;            or hex (with leading &#39;0x&#39;) format.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            By default, without &#39;+&#39; sign before , this switch&lt;br /&gt;            defines the exclude mask. So if result of bitwise AND between&lt;br /&gt;             and file attributes is nonzero, file would not be added&lt;br /&gt;            to archive.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            If &#39;+&#39; sign is present, it specifies the include mask.&lt;br /&gt;            Only those files which have at least one attribute specified&lt;br /&gt;            in the mask will be added to archive.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            In Windows version is also possible to use symbols D, S, H,&lt;br /&gt;            A and R instead of a digital mask to denote directories&lt;br /&gt;            and files with system, hidden, archive and read-only attributes.&lt;br /&gt;            The order in which the attributes are given is not significant.&lt;br /&gt;            Unix version supports D and V symbols to define directory&lt;br /&gt;            and device attributes.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            It is allowed to specify both -e and -e+&lt;br /&gt;            in the same command line.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            Examples:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            1) archive only directory names without their contents&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;               rar a -r -e+d dirs&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            2) do not compress system and hidden files:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;               rar a -esh files&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    -f      Freshen files. May be used with archive extraction or creation.&lt;br /&gt;            The command string &quot;a -f&quot; is equivalent to the command &#39;f&#39;, you&lt;br /&gt;            could also use the switch &#39;-f&#39; with the commands &#39;m&#39; or &#39;mf&#39;. If&lt;br /&gt;            the switch &#39;-f&#39; is used with the commands &#39;x&#39; or &#39;e&#39;, then only&lt;br /&gt;            old files would be replaced with new versions extracted from the&lt;br /&gt;            archive.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    -hp[p]  Encrypt both file data and headers.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            This switch is similar to -p[p], but switch -p encrypts&lt;br /&gt;            only file data and leaves other information like file names&lt;br /&gt;            visible. This switch encrypts all sensitive archive areas&lt;br /&gt;            including file data, file names, sizes, attributes, comments&lt;br /&gt;            and other blocks, so it provides a higher security level.&lt;br /&gt;            Without a password it is impossible to view even the list of&lt;br /&gt;            files in archive encrypted with -hp.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            Example:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            rar a -hpfGzq5yKw secret report.txt&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            will add the file report.txt to the encrypted archive&lt;br /&gt;            secret.rar using the password &#39;fGzq5yKw&#39;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    -id[c,d,p,q]&lt;br /&gt;            Disable messages.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            Switch -idc disables the copyright string.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            Switch -idd disables &quot;Done&quot; string at the end of operation.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            Switch -idp disables the percentage indicator.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            Switch -idq turns on the quiet mode, so only error messages&lt;br /&gt;            and questions are displayed.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            It is allowed to use several modifiers at once,&lt;br /&gt;            so switch -idcdp is correct.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    -ieml[.][addr]&lt;br /&gt;            Send archive by email. Win32 version only.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            Attach an archive created or updated by the add command&lt;br /&gt;            to email message. You need to have a MAPI compliant email&lt;br /&gt;            client to use this switch (most modern email programs&lt;br /&gt;            support MAPI interface).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            You may enter a destination email address directly&lt;br /&gt;            in the switch or leave it blank. In the latter case you&lt;br /&gt;            will be asked for it by your email program. It is possible&lt;br /&gt;            to specify several addresses separated by commas or semicolons.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            If you append a dot character to -ieml, an archive will be&lt;br /&gt;            deleted after it was successfully attached to an email.&lt;br /&gt;            If the switch is used when creating a multivolume archive,&lt;br /&gt;            every volume is attached to a separate email message.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    -ierr   Send all messages to stderr.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    -ilog[name]&lt;br /&gt;            Log errors to file (registered version only).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            Write error messages to the file rar.log created in RAR&lt;br /&gt;            directory. It is possible to specify another log file name&lt;br /&gt;            instead of the default rar.log in the switch, for example,&lt;br /&gt;            -ilogc:\log\backup.log. If the specifed name does not include&lt;br /&gt;            the path, the log file will be created in the RAR directory.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    -inul   Disable all messages.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    -ioff   Turn PC off after completing an operation. The hardware must&lt;br /&gt;            support the power off feature. Win32 version only.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    -isnd   Enable sound.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    -k      Lock archive. Any command which intends to change the archive&lt;br /&gt;            will be ignored.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    -kb     Keep broken extracted files.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            RAR, by default, deletes files with CRC errors after&lt;br /&gt;            extraction. The switch -kb specifies that files with&lt;br /&gt;            CRC errors should not be deleted.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    -m   Set compression method:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;       -m0   store     do not compress file when adding to archive&lt;br /&gt;       -m1   fastest   use fastest method (less compressive)&lt;br /&gt;       -m2   fast      use fast compression method&lt;br /&gt;       -m3   normal    use normal (default) compression method&lt;br /&gt;       -m4   good      use good compression method (more&lt;br /&gt;                       compressive, but slower)&lt;br /&gt;       -m5   best      use best compression method (slightly more&lt;br /&gt;                       compressive, but slowest)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            If this switch is not specified, RAR uses -m3 method&lt;br /&gt;            (normal compression).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            By default, RAR uses only the general compression&lt;br /&gt;            algorithm in -m1 and -m2 methods, advanced algorithms&lt;br /&gt;            like audio and true color processing are enabled&lt;br /&gt;            only in -m3..-m5 modes, the advanced text compression&lt;br /&gt;            is activated only in -m4..-m5. This default can be&lt;br /&gt;            overridden using -mc switch.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    -mc&lt;br /&gt;            Set advanced compression parameters.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            This switch is intended mainly for benchmarking and&lt;br /&gt;            experiments. In the real environment it is usually better&lt;br /&gt;            to allow RAR to select optimal parameters automatically.&lt;br /&gt;            Please note that improper use of this switch may lead&lt;br /&gt;            to very serious performance and compression loss, so use&lt;br /&gt;            it only if you clearly understand what you do.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            It has the following syntax:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            -mc[param1][:param2][module][+ or -]&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            where  is the one character field denoting a part&lt;br /&gt;            of the compression algorithm, which has to be configured.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            It may have the following values:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;              A       - audio compression;&lt;br /&gt;              C       - true color (RGB) data compression;&lt;br /&gt;              D       - delta compression;&lt;br /&gt;              E       - 32-bit x86 executables compression;&lt;br /&gt;              I       - 64-bit Intel Itanium executables compression;&lt;br /&gt;              T       - text compression.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            &#39;+&#39; sign at the end of switch applies the selected algorithm&lt;br /&gt;            module to all processed data, &#39;-&#39; disables the module at all.&lt;br /&gt;            If no sign is specified, RAR will choose modules automatically,&lt;br /&gt;            based on data and the current compression method.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            Switch -mc- disables all optional modules and allows only&lt;br /&gt;            the general compression algorithm.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;             and  are module dependent parameters&lt;br /&gt;            described below.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            Audio compression, delta compression:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;             is a number of byte channels (can be 1 - 31).&lt;br /&gt;            RAR splits multibyte channels to bytes, for example,&lt;br /&gt;            two 16-bit audio channels are considered by RAR as four&lt;br /&gt;            channels one byte each.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;             is ignored.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            32-bit x86 Intel executables compression,&lt;br /&gt;            64-bit Intel Itanium executables compression,&lt;br /&gt;            true color (RGB) data compression:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;             and  are ignored.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            Text compression: &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;             is the order of PPM algorithm (can be 2 - 63).&lt;br /&gt;            Usually a higher value slightly increases the compression ratio&lt;br /&gt;            of redundant data, but only if enough memory is available&lt;br /&gt;            to PPM. In case of lack of memory the result may be negative.&lt;br /&gt;            Higher order values decrease both compression and decompression&lt;br /&gt;            speed.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;             is memory in megabytes allocated for PPM (1-128).&lt;br /&gt;            Higher values may increase the compression ratio, but note&lt;br /&gt;            that PPM uses the equal memory size both to compress and&lt;br /&gt;            decompress, so if you allocate too much memory when creating&lt;br /&gt;            an archive, other people may have problems when decompressing&lt;br /&gt;            it on a computer with less memory installed. Decompression&lt;br /&gt;            will be still possible using virtual memory, but it may&lt;br /&gt;            become very slow.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            Examples:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            1) switch -mc1a+ forces use of 8-bit mono audio compression&lt;br /&gt;            for all data.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            2) switch -mc10:40t+ forces use of text compression&lt;br /&gt;            algorithm for all data, sets the compression order to 10&lt;br /&gt;            and allocates 40 MB memory.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            3) switch -mc12t sets the text compression order to 12,&lt;br /&gt;            when the text compression is used, but leaves to RAR to&lt;br /&gt;            decide when to use it.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            4) switches -mct- -mcd- disable text and delta compression.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    -md  Select dictionary size  in KB. Must be 64, 128, 256, 512,&lt;br /&gt;            1024, 2048 or 4096 or a letter &#39;a&#39;, &#39;b&#39;, &#39;c&#39;, &#39;d&#39;, &#39;e&#39;, &#39;f&#39;, &#39;g&#39;&lt;br /&gt;            respectively.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            The sliding dictionary is a special memory area used by the&lt;br /&gt;            compression algorithm. If the size of the file being compressed&lt;br /&gt;            (or the total files size in the case of a solid archive) is&lt;br /&gt;            greater than the dictionary size, then increasing the dictionary&lt;br /&gt;            size will generally increase compression ratio, decrease packing&lt;br /&gt;            speed and increase memory requirements.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            RAR can reduce the dictionary size if it is significantly&lt;br /&gt;            larger than the size of the source data. It helps to reduce&lt;br /&gt;            memory requirements without decreasing compression.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            Default sliding dictionary size is 4096 KB.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            Example:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            RAR a -s -mdd sources *.asm&lt;br /&gt;                or&lt;br /&gt;            RAR a -s -md512 sources *.asm&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            Will create a solid archive using a 512 KB dictionary.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    -ms[list]&lt;br /&gt;            Specify file types to store.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            Specify file types, which will be stored without compression.&lt;br /&gt;            This switch may be used to store already compressed files,&lt;br /&gt;            which helps to increase archiving speed without noticeable&lt;br /&gt;            loss in the compression ratio.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            Optional  parameter defines the list of file extensions&lt;br /&gt;            separated by semicolons. For example, -msrar;zip;jpg will&lt;br /&gt;            force RAR to store without compression all RAR and ZIP&lt;br /&gt;            archives and JPG images. It is also allowed to specify wildcard&lt;br /&gt;            file masks in the list, so -ms*.rar;*.zip;*.jpg will work too.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            If  is not specified, -ms switch will use the default&lt;br /&gt;            set of extensions, which includes the following file types:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            ace, arj, bz2, cab, gz, jpeg, jpg, lha, lzh, mp3,&lt;br /&gt;            rar, zip, taz, tgz, z&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    -n   Include only the specified file . Wildcards may be used&lt;br /&gt;            both in the name and file parts of file mask. You may specify&lt;br /&gt;            the switch &#39;-n&#39; several times.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            This switch does not replace usual file masks, which still&lt;br /&gt;            need to be entered in the command line. It is an additional&lt;br /&gt;            filter limiting processed files only to those matching&lt;br /&gt;            the include mask specified in -n switch. It can help to&lt;br /&gt;            reduce the command line length sometimes.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            For example, if you need to compress all *.txt and *.lst&lt;br /&gt;            files in directories Project and Info, you can enter:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            rar a -r text Project\*.txt Project\*.lst Info\*.txt Info\*.lst&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            or using the switch -n:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            rar a -r -n*.txt -n*.lst text Project Info&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    -n@ Include files using the specified list file.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            Similar to -n switch, but reads include masks from&lt;br /&gt;            the list file.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            Example:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            rar a -r -n@inclist.txt text Project Info&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    -oc     Set NTFS Compressed attribute. Win32 version only.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            This switch allows to restore NTFS Compressed attribute&lt;br /&gt;            when extracting files. RAR saves Compressed file attributes&lt;br /&gt;            when creating an archive, but does not restore them unless&lt;br /&gt;            -oc switch is specified.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    -ol     Save symbolic links as the link instead of the file.&lt;br /&gt;            Unix version only.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    -os     Save NTFS streams. Win32 version only.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            This switch has meaning only for NTFS file system under&lt;br /&gt;            Windows NT and allows to save alternative data streams&lt;br /&gt;            associated with a file. It is especially important under&lt;br /&gt;            Windows 2000 and XP, which use streams to keep some file&lt;br /&gt;            dependent information like file descriptions. If you use&lt;br /&gt;            RAR to backup your NTFS disks, it is recommended to specify&lt;br /&gt;            this switch.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    -ow     Use this switch when archiving to save file security&lt;br /&gt;            information and when extracting to restore it.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            Unix RAR version saves file owner and group when using&lt;br /&gt;            this switch.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            Win32 version stores owner, group, file permissions and&lt;br /&gt;            audit information, but only if you have necessary privileges&lt;br /&gt;            to read them. Note that only NTFS file system supports&lt;br /&gt;            file based security under Windows.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    -o+     Overwrite existing files.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    -o-     Do not overwrite existing files.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    -p[p]   Encrypt files with the string &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; as password while archiving.&lt;br /&gt;            The password is case-sensitive. If you omit the password on the&lt;br /&gt;            command line, you will be prompted with message &quot;Enter password&quot;.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            Example:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            rar a -pmyhoney secret1 *.txt&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            add files *.txt and encrypt them with password &quot;myhoney&quot;.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    -p-     Do not query password&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    -r      Recurse subdirectories. May be used with commands:&lt;br /&gt;            a, u, f, m, x, e, t, p, v, l, c, cf and s.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            When used with the commands &#39;a&#39;, &#39;u&#39;, &#39;f&#39;, &#39;m&#39; will process&lt;br /&gt;            files in all sub-directories as well as the current working&lt;br /&gt;            directory.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            When used with the commands x, e, t, p, v, l, c, cf or s will&lt;br /&gt;            process all archives in sub-directories as well as the current&lt;br /&gt;            working directory.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    -r0     Similar to -r, but when used with the commands &#39;a&#39;, &#39;u&#39;, &#39;f&#39;,&lt;br /&gt;            &#39;m&#39; will recurse subdirectories only for those names, which&lt;br /&gt;            include wildcard characters &#39;*&#39; and &#39;?&#39;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    -ri&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;[:]&lt;br /&gt;            Set priority and sleep time. Available only in RAR for Windows.&lt;br /&gt;            This switch regulates system load by RAR in multitasking&lt;br /&gt;            environment. Possible task priority &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; values are 0 - 15.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            If &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; is 0, RAR uses the default task priority.&lt;br /&gt;            &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; equal to 1 sets the lowest possible priority,&lt;br /&gt;            15 - the highest possible.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            Sleep time  is a value from 0 to 1000 (milliseconds).&lt;br /&gt;            This is a period of time that RAR gives back to the system&lt;br /&gt;            after every read or write operation while compressing&lt;br /&gt;            or extracting. Non-zero  may be useful if you need to reduce&lt;br /&gt;            system load even more than can be achieved with &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; parameter.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            Example:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            execute RAR with default priority and 10 ms sleep time:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            rar a -ri0:10 backup *.*&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    -rr[N]  Add a data recovery record. This switch is used when creating&lt;br /&gt;            or modifying an archive to add a data recovery record to&lt;br /&gt;            the archive. See the &#39;rr[N]&#39; command description for details.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    -rv[N]  Create recovery volumes. This switch is used when creating&lt;br /&gt;            a multivolume archive to generate recovery volumes.&lt;br /&gt;            See the &#39;rv[N]&#39; command description for details.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    -s      Create solid archive. Solid is a special archive type. Please&lt;br /&gt;            refer to the appendix &quot;Glossary&quot; for further information.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            Example:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            create solid archive sources.rar with 512 KB dictionary,&lt;br /&gt;            recursing all directories, starting with the current directory.&lt;br /&gt;            Add only .asm files:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            rar a -s -md512 sources.rar *.asm -r&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    -s   Create solid groups using file count&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            Similar to -s, but reset solid statistics after compressing&lt;br /&gt;             files. Usually decreases compression, but also&lt;br /&gt;            decreases losses in case of solid archive damages.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    -se     Create solid groups using extension&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            Similar to -s, but reset solid statistics if file extension&lt;br /&gt;            is changed. Usually decreases compression, but also&lt;br /&gt;            decreases losses from solid archive damages.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    -sfx[name]&lt;br /&gt;            Create SFX archives. If this switch is used when creating a new&lt;br /&gt;            archive, a Self-Extracting archive (using a module in file&lt;br /&gt;            default.sfx or specified in the switch) would be created.&lt;br /&gt;            In the Windows version default.sfx should be placed in the&lt;br /&gt;            same directory as the rar.exe, in Unix - in the user&#39;s&lt;br /&gt;            home directory, in /usr/lib or /usr/local/lib.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            Example:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            rar a -sfxwincon.sfx myinst&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            create SelF-eXtracting (SFX) archive using wincon.sfx&lt;br /&gt;            SFX-module.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    -si[name]&lt;br /&gt;            Read data from stdin (standard input), when creating&lt;br /&gt;            an archive. Optional &#39;name&#39; parameter allows to specify&lt;br /&gt;            a file name of compressed stdin data in the created&lt;br /&gt;            archive. If this parameter is missing, the name will be&lt;br /&gt;            set to &#39;stdin&#39;. This switch cannot be used with -v.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            Example:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            type Tree.Far | rar a -siTree.Far tree.rar&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            will compress &#39;type Tree.Far&#39; output as &#39;Tree.Far&#39; file.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    -sv     Create independent solid volumes&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            By default RAR tries to reset solid statistics as soon&lt;br /&gt;            as possible when starting a new volume, but only &lt;br /&gt;            if enough data was packed after a previous reset&lt;br /&gt;            (at least a few megabytes).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            This switch forces RAR to ignore packed data size and attempt&lt;br /&gt;            to reset statistics for volumes of any size. It decreases&lt;br /&gt;            compression, but increases chances to extract a part of data &lt;br /&gt;            if one of several solid volumes in a volume set was lost&lt;br /&gt;            or damaged.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            Note that sometimes RAR cannot reset statistics even&lt;br /&gt;            using this switch. For example, it cannot be done when &lt;br /&gt;            compressing one large file split between several volumes.&lt;br /&gt;            RAR is able to reset solid statistics only between separate &lt;br /&gt;            files, but not inside of single file.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            Ignored, if used to create non-volume archive.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    -sv-    Create dependent solid volumes&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            Disables to reset solid statistics between volumes.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            It slightly increases compression, but significantly reduces &lt;br /&gt;            chances to extract a part of data if one of several solid&lt;br /&gt;            volumes in a volume set was lost or damaged.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            Ignored, if used to create non-volume archive.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    -s-     Disable solid archiving&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    -t      Test files after archiving. This switch is especially&lt;br /&gt;            useful in combination with the move command, so files will be&lt;br /&gt;            deleted only if the archive had been successfully tested.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    -ta&lt;br /&gt;            Process only files modified after the specified date.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            Format of the date string is YYYYMMDDHHMMSS.&lt;br /&gt;            It is allowed to insert separators like &#39;-&#39; or &#39;:&#39; to&lt;br /&gt;            the date string and omit trailing fields. For example,&lt;br /&gt;            the following switch is correct: -ta2001-11-20&lt;br /&gt;            Internally it will be expanded to -ta20011120000000&lt;br /&gt;            and treated as &quot;files modified after 0 hour 0 minutes&lt;br /&gt;            0 seconds of 20 November 2001&quot;.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    -tb&lt;br /&gt;            Process only files modified before the specified date.&lt;br /&gt;            Format of the switch is the same as -ta.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    -tk     Keep original archive date. Prevents RAR from modifying the&lt;br /&gt;            archive date when changing an archive.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    -tl     Set archive time to newest file. Forces RAR to set the date of a&lt;br /&gt;            changed archive to the date of the newest file in the archive.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    -tn&lt;br /&gt;            Process files newer than the specified time period. Format&lt;br /&gt;            of the time string is:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            [d][h][m][s]&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            For example, use switch -tn15d to process files newer&lt;br /&gt;            than 15 days and -tn2h30m to process files newer than&lt;br /&gt;            2 hours 30 minutes.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    -to&lt;br /&gt;            Process files older than the specified time period. Format&lt;br /&gt;            of the switch is the same as -tn.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    -ts[N]&lt;br /&gt;            Save or restore file time (modification, creation, access).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            Switch -tsm instructs RAR to save file modification time,&lt;br /&gt;            -tsc - creation time and tsa - last access time. Optional&lt;br /&gt;            parameter after the switch is the number between 0 and 4&lt;br /&gt;            controlling the file time precision. Value &#39;1&#39; enables&lt;br /&gt;            1 second precision, 2 - 0.0065536 sec, 3 - 0.0000256 sec and&lt;br /&gt;            4 or &#39;+&#39; enables the maximum NTFS time precision, which is&lt;br /&gt;            equal to 0.0000001 sec. Value &#39;0&#39; or &#39;-&#39; means that creation&lt;br /&gt;            and access time are not saved and low (two seconds) precision&lt;br /&gt;            is used for modification time. Higher precision modes add&lt;br /&gt;            more data to archive, up to 19 additional bytes per file&lt;br /&gt;            in case of -tsm4 -tsa4 -tsc4 combination. If no precision&lt;br /&gt;            is specified, RAR uses &#39;4&#39; (high) value.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            Default RAR mode is -tsm4 -tsc0 -tsa0, so modification time&lt;br /&gt;            is stored with the high precision and other times are ignored.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            It is necessary to specify -tsc and -tsa switches to set&lt;br /&gt;            creation and access time when unpacking files (precision&lt;br /&gt;            is irrelevant, but must not be 0). By default RAR sets&lt;br /&gt;            only the modification time, even if archive contains&lt;br /&gt;            creation and last access time. Setting the modification&lt;br /&gt;            time to unpacked files may be also disabled with -tsm-.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            It is possible to omit the time type letter if you need&lt;br /&gt;            to apply the switch to all three times. For example,&lt;br /&gt;            -tsm4 -tsa4 -tsc4 can be replaced by -ts4, -ts+ or -ts.&lt;br /&gt;            Use -ts- to save only the low precision modification time&lt;br /&gt;            or to ignore all three file times on unpacking.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            When creating an archive, RAR automatically reduces&lt;br /&gt;            the precision if high mode is not supported by the file&lt;br /&gt;            system. It is not more than 2 seconds on FAT and 1 second&lt;br /&gt;            in Unix. NTFS time precision is 0.0000001 second.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            Operating systems limit which time can be set on unpacking.&lt;br /&gt;            Windows allows to set all three times, Unix - modification&lt;br /&gt;            and last access, but not creation, DOS supports only&lt;br /&gt;            the modification time.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            Examples:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            1) rar a -ts backup&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            Store all file times with the highest possible precision.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            2) rar x -tsa backup&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            Restore modification and last access time. Switch -tsm&lt;br /&gt;            is not required, because RAR uses it by default.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            3) rar a -tsm1 -tsc1 backup&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            Store low precision modification and creation time.&lt;br /&gt;            Without -tsm1 RAR would save the high precision modification&lt;br /&gt;            time.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    -u      Update files. May be used with archive extraction or creation.&lt;br /&gt;            The command string &quot;a -u&quot; is equivalent to the command &#39;u&#39;, you&lt;br /&gt;            could also use the switch &#39;-u&#39; with the commands &#39;m&#39; or &#39;mf&#39;. If&lt;br /&gt;            the switch &#39;-u&#39; is used with the commands &#39;x&#39; or &#39;e&#39;, then files&lt;br /&gt;            not present on the disk and files newer than their copies on the&lt;br /&gt;            disk would extracted from the archive.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    -v      Create volumes with size autodetection or list all volumes&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            This switch may be used when creating or listing volumes.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            In the first case it enables volume size autodetection,&lt;br /&gt;            so new volumes will use all available space on the destination&lt;br /&gt;            media. It is convenient when creating volumes on removable&lt;br /&gt;            disks. You may read more about volumes in -v description.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            In the second case, when this switch is used together with&lt;br /&gt;            &#39;V&#39; or &#39;L&#39; command, it forces RAR to list contents of all&lt;br /&gt;            volumes starting from that specified in the command line.&lt;br /&gt;            Without this switch RAR displays contents of only one single&lt;br /&gt;            specified volume.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    -v[k|b|f|m|M|g|G]&lt;br /&gt;            Create volumes with size=*1000 [*1024 | *1].&lt;br /&gt;            By default this switch uses  as thousands (1000) of bytes&lt;br /&gt;            (not 1024 x bytes). You may also enter the size in kilobytes&lt;br /&gt;            using the symbol &#39;k&#39;, in bytes using the symbol &#39;b&#39;,&lt;br /&gt;            megabytes - &#39;m&#39;, millions of bytes - &#39;M&#39;, gigabytes - &#39;g&#39;,&lt;br /&gt;            billions (milliards) of bytes - &#39;G&#39; or select one of several&lt;br /&gt;            predefined values using the symbol &#39;f&#39; following the numerical&lt;br /&gt;            value. Predefined values can be 360, 720, 1200, 1440 or 2880&lt;br /&gt;            and replaced with corresponding floppy disk size.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            If the size is omitted, autodetection will be used.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            You may specify several -v switches to set different sizes&lt;br /&gt;            for different volumes. For example:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;              rar a -v100k -v200k -v300k arcname&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            sets 100 KB size for first volume, 200 KB for second&lt;br /&gt;            and 300 KB for all following volumes.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            If volumes are created on removable media, then after&lt;br /&gt;            the creation of the first volume, the user will be prompted&lt;br /&gt;            with:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;              Create next volume: Yes/No/All&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            At this moment in time, you should change the disks. Answering&lt;br /&gt;            &#39;A&#39; will cause all volumes to be created without a pause.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            By default RAR volumes have names like &#39;volname.partNNN.rar&#39;,&lt;br /&gt;            where NNN is the volume number. Using -vn switch it is &lt;br /&gt;            possible to switch to another, extension based naming scheme,&lt;br /&gt;            where the first volume file in a multi-volume set has&lt;br /&gt;            the extension .rar, following volumes are numbered from .r00&lt;br /&gt;            to .r99.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            When extracting or testing a multi-volume archive you must use&lt;br /&gt;            only the first volume name. If there is no next volume&lt;br /&gt;            on the drive and the disk is removable, the user will be&lt;br /&gt;            prompted with:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;             Insert disk with &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            Insert the disk with the correct volume and press any key.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            If while extracting, the next volume is not found and volumes&lt;br /&gt;            are placed on the non-removable disk, RAR will abort with&lt;br /&gt;            the error message:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;             Cannot find &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            Archive volumes may not be modified. The commands &#39;d&#39;, &#39;f&#39;, &#39;u&#39;,&lt;br /&gt;            &#39;s&#39; cannot be used with Multi-volume sets. The command &#39;a&#39; may&lt;br /&gt;            be used only for the creation of a new multi-volume sequence.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            It is possible, although unlikely, that the file size, of a file&lt;br /&gt;            in a multi-volume set, could be greater than its uncompressed&lt;br /&gt;            size. This is due to the fact that &#39;storing&#39; (no compression if&lt;br /&gt;            size increases) cannot be enabled for multi-volume sets.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            Archive volumes may be Self-Extracting (SFX). Such an archive&lt;br /&gt;            should be created using both the &#39;-v&#39; and &#39;-sfx&#39; switches.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            Example:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            create archive in volumes of fixed size:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            rar a -s -v1440 floparch.rar *.*&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            will create solid volumes of size 1440000 bytes.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    -vd     Erase disk contents before creating volume&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            All files and directories on the target disk will be erased&lt;br /&gt;            when &#39;-vd&#39; is used.  The switch applies only to removable&lt;br /&gt;            media, the hard disk cannot be erased using this switch.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    -ver[n] File version control&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            Forces RAR to keep previous file versions when updating&lt;br /&gt;            files in the already existing archive. Old versions are&lt;br /&gt;            renamed to &#39;filename;n&#39;, where &#39;n&#39; is the version number.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            By default, when unpacking an archive without the switch&lt;br /&gt;            -ver, RAR extracts only the last added file version, the name&lt;br /&gt;            of which does not include a numeric suffix. But if you specify&lt;br /&gt;            a file name exactly, including a version, it will be also&lt;br /&gt;            unpacked. For example, &#39;rar x arcname&#39; will unpack only&lt;br /&gt;            last versions, when &#39;rar x arcname file.txt;5&#39; will unpack&lt;br /&gt;            &#39;file.txt;5&#39;, if it is present in the archive.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            If you specify -ver switch without a parameter when unpacking,&lt;br /&gt;            RAR will extract all versions of all files that match&lt;br /&gt;            the entered file mask. In this case a version number is&lt;br /&gt;            not removed from unpacked file names. You may also extract&lt;br /&gt;            a concrete file version specifying its number as -ver parameter.&lt;br /&gt;            It will tell RAR to unpack only this version and remove&lt;br /&gt;            a version number from file names. For example,&lt;br /&gt;            &#39;rar x -ver5 arcname&#39; will unpack only 5th file versions.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            If you specify &#39;n&#39; parameter when archiving, it will limit&lt;br /&gt;            the maximum number of file versions stored in the archive.&lt;br /&gt;            Old file versions exceeding this threshold will be removed.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    -vn     Use the old style volume naming scheme&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            By default RAR volumes have names like &#39;volname.partNNN.rar&#39;,&lt;br /&gt;            where NNN is the volume number. Using -vn switch it is &lt;br /&gt;            possible to switch to another, extension based naming scheme,&lt;br /&gt;            where the first volume file in a multi-volume set has&lt;br /&gt;            the extension .rar, following volumes are numbered from .r00&lt;br /&gt;            to .r99. It may have sense, if you are going to unpack&lt;br /&gt;            an archive under the plain MS DOS, which does not allow&lt;br /&gt;            more than one dot in a file name.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    -vp     Pause before each volume&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            By default RAR asks for confirmation before creating or &lt;br /&gt;            unpacking next volume only for removable drives.&lt;br /&gt;            This switch forces RAR to ask such confirmation always.&lt;br /&gt;            It can be useful if disk space is limited and you wish&lt;br /&gt;            to copy each volume to another media immediately after&lt;br /&gt;            creation.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    -w&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;   Assign work directory as &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;. This switch may be used to assign&lt;br /&gt;            the directory for temporary files.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    -x   Exclude specified file , wildcards may be used both&lt;br /&gt;            in the name and file parts of file mask. You may specify&lt;br /&gt;            the switch &#39;-x&#39; several times.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            If mask contains wildcards, it applies to current directory&lt;br /&gt;            and its subdirectories. It is not recursive without wildcards,&lt;br /&gt;            so if you wish to exclude some &quot;filename&quot; in all directories,&lt;br /&gt;            you need to specify two masks: &quot;filename&quot; for current directory&lt;br /&gt;            and &quot;*\filename&quot; for subdirectories. If you know an exact path&lt;br /&gt;            to file, you can use &quot;path\filename&quot; syntax to exclude only&lt;br /&gt;            this copy of &quot;filename&quot;. If you use -xpath\filename syntax&lt;br /&gt;            when unpacking an archive, &quot;path&quot; must be a path inside of&lt;br /&gt;            archive, not a file path on the disk after unpacking.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            Examples:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            1) rar a -r -x*.bak -x*.rar rawfiles&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            *.bak and *.rar files will not be added to rawfiles&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            2) rar a -r -x*\temp\* savec c:\*&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            compress all files on the disk c: except those in temp&lt;br /&gt;            directories&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            3) rar x -x*.txt docs&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            extract all files except *.txt from docs.rar&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    -x@ Exclude files using specified list file.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            Example:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;            rar a -x@exlist.txt arch *.exe&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    -y      Assume Yes on all queries.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    -z   Read archive comment from file .&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; Limitations&lt;br /&gt; ~~~~~~~~~~~&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    Pathname is limited to 259 symbols.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    Maximum archive comment length is 62000 bytes.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    Command limitations:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    The commands &#39;d&#39;,&#39;u&#39;,&#39;f&#39;,&#39;c&#39;,&#39;cf&#39; will not operate with archive&lt;br /&gt;    volumes.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    The command &#39;a&#39; cannot be used to update an archive volume, only to&lt;br /&gt;    create one.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; Exit values&lt;br /&gt; ~~~~~~~~~~~&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    RAR exits with a zero code (0) in case of successful operation. The exit&lt;br /&gt;    code of non-zero means the operation was cancelled due to an error:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;     255   USER BREAK       User stopped the process&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;       9   CREATE ERROR     Create file error&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;       8   MEMORY ERROR     Not enough memory for operation&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;       7   USER ERROR       Command line option error&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;       6   OPEN ERROR       Open file error&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;       5   WRITE ERROR      Write to disk error&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;       4   LOCKED ARCHIVE   Attempt to modify an archive previously locked&lt;br /&gt;                            by the &#39;k&#39; command&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;       3   CRC ERROR        A CRC error occurred when unpacking&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;       2   FATAL ERROR      A fatal error occurred&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;       1   WARNING          Non fatal error(s) occurred&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;       0   SUCCESS          Successful operation&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; Glossary&lt;br /&gt; ~~~~~~~~&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    Archive      Special file containing one or more files optionally&lt;br /&gt;                 compressed and/or encrypted.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    Compression  A method of encoding data to reduce it&#39;s size.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    CRC          Cyclic Redundancy Check. Mathematical method calculating&lt;br /&gt;                 special checking information for data validity.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    SFX          Archive module used to extract files from when executed.&lt;br /&gt;                 (SelF-eXtracting module), usually in the form of a .EXE&lt;br /&gt;                 file.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    Solid        An archive packed using a special compression method which&lt;br /&gt;                 sees all files as one continuous data stream. Particularly&lt;br /&gt;                 advantageous when packing a large number of small files.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    Volume       Part of a split archive. Splitting an archive to volumes&lt;br /&gt;                 allows storing them on diskettes. Soli</description><link>http://trusted22.blogspot.com/2011/07/rar-archiver.html</link><author>noreply@blogger.com (TRUSTED SOFTWARE)</author><media:thumbnail xmlns:media="http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/" url="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjxy0RlNaEbOarXS8jgvL40Lw7TyYAJAaDKGvmwNajlH4HLRIreI3tkvKCmWHytEfBqCrK64NLF7fEcejTtCAdKb6Z-IX95wSoMTi2kWzQJ6qf8j7mmpjUQqje-hdbK7zm9DRKf3SAiIXg/s72-c/images.jpeg" height="72" width="72"/><thr:total>0</thr:total></item><item><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8178415316263789628.post-1465480587212983010</guid><pubDate>Fri, 08 Jul 2011 10:12:00 +0000</pubDate><atom:updated>2011-07-08T03:25:55.472-07:00</atom:updated><category domain="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#">winzip</category><title>WINZIP</title><description>&lt;a onblur=&quot;try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}&quot; href=&quot;https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEj6Cp4RV9LHgGPT_qrunNX5BFm4bGhoA3ggeoWaDgQ3MDF-ekZ5eH2sKPgYKliBkpZGGNWvLrjCNsOZ7HohE7J7R-ctLijdNYRf7PT0bvwA4OAjq7UTQ0m1k-bHEuCE-C-BjzDvrhfSi-M/s1600/images.jpeg&quot;&gt;&lt;img style=&quot;float:left; margin:0 10px 10px 0;cursor:pointer; cursor:hand;width: 112px; height: 115px;&quot; src=&quot;https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEj6Cp4RV9LHgGPT_qrunNX5BFm4bGhoA3ggeoWaDgQ3MDF-ekZ5eH2sKPgYKliBkpZGGNWvLrjCNsOZ7HohE7J7R-ctLijdNYRf7PT0bvwA4OAjq7UTQ0m1k-bHEuCE-C-BjzDvrhfSi-M/s320/images.jpeg&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;id=&quot;BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5626925699648855954&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;What is an Archive or Zip File, Anyway?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Zip files (.zip or .zipx) are &quot;archives&quot; used for storing and distributing files, and can contain one or &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;more files. Usually the files &quot;archived&quot; in a Zip file are compressed to save space. Zip files are often &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;used to: &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Distribute files on the Internet: Only one Zip file transfer operation (download) is required to obtain &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;all related files, and file transfer is quicker because the archived files are compressed. &lt;br /&gt;Send a group of related files to an associate: When you distribute the collection of files as an &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;archive, you benefit from the file grouping and compression as well. &lt;br /&gt;Save disk space: If you have large files that are important but seldom used, such as large data files, &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;simply compress these files into an archive and then unzip (or &quot;extract&quot;) them only when needed. &lt;br /&gt;What Does WinZip Do?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;WinZip makes it easy for Windows users to work with archives. WinZip features an intuitive &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;point-and-click drag-and-drop interface for viewing, running, extracting, adding, and deleting files in &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;archives with a standard Windows interface, and also provides a Wizard interface that further simplifies &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;the process of working with Zip files.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;About WinZip&#39;s Setup Options&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;During the WinZip setup procedure you are asked to select either the WinZip Classic interface or the &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;WinZip Wizard interface. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;WinZip Classic: The powerful WinZip Classic interface is preferred if you have a general understanding &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;of Windows and of Zip files. Most users will be quite comfortable with its Explorer-like interface once &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;the basics of Zip files are understood. &lt;br /&gt;WinZip Wizard: The WinZip Wizard guides you through some of the most common operations involving Zip &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;files. If you are new to Windows or unfamiliar with Zip files, you may wish to start with the Wizard and &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;switch later to the more powerful Classic interface. &lt;br /&gt;In the following sections we will describe the Classic and Wizard interfaces. With either interface, the &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;setup panels provide information about the options offered. Whichever setup option you choose, you can &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;easily switch between the two interfaces at any time with a single click, and you can always change the &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;default settings later. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Using WinZip Classic&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Here is a brief introduction to some of the features of WinZip Classic. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Quick Unzipping with WinZip Classic &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In the WinZip window, click the Open toolbar button or choose Open Archive from the File menu. The Open &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Archive dialog will appear. &lt;br /&gt;In the Open Archive dialog, locate the archive you want to unzip, then click Open. The contents of the &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;archive will be displayed in the WinZip window. &lt;br /&gt;To extract files from the archive, click the Extract toolbar button or choose Extract from the Actions &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;menu. The Extract dialog will appear. &lt;br /&gt;In the box labeled Extract to, choose the folder where you want to place the extracted files and click &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Extract. &lt;br /&gt;That&#39;s it--you have extracted the contents of the archive to the chosen folder. You can now work with &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;the extracted files, select another activity within WinZip, or close the WinZip window. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Note: You can also extract files from an archive in the WinZip Classic window by dragging them to the &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;desktop or to the desired folder in Windows Explorer. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Quick Zipping with WinZip Classic &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In the WinZip window, click the New toolbar button or choose New Archive from the File menu. The New &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Archive dialog will appear. &lt;br /&gt;In the New Archive dialog, specify the location where you want to create the archive and type the name &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;you want to use for your new archive, then click OK. The Add dialog will appear. &lt;br /&gt;In the Add dialog, select the files that you want to add to your new archive and click Add. &lt;br /&gt;That&#39;s it--you have created a new archive. You can now examine the contents of your new archive, select &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;another activity within WinZip, or close the WinZip window. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Note: You can also add files to an archive by dragging the files from My Computer or Windows Explorer &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;and dropping them on the WinZip window. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;WinZip Classic Tips &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;You can view the contents of most documents in an archive (such as Microsoft Word documents and Excel &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;spreadsheets) by just double-clicking them in the WinZip Classic window. &lt;br /&gt;You can extract files from an archive in the WinZip Classic window by dragging them to the desired &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;folder in Windows Explorer or to the desktop. &lt;br /&gt;Using WinZip Classic&#39;s Help menu, you can: &lt;br /&gt;work with the built-in Brief Tutorial to get acquainted with more of WinZip&#39;s features &lt;br /&gt;view collections of Hints and Tips &lt;br /&gt;find answers to Frequently Asked Questions &lt;br /&gt;Using the WinZip Wizard&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;First-time setup &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If you are installing WinZip for the first time and chose the Wizard interface during installation, &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;WinZip will perform a one-time setup procedure the first time it runs. This procedure helps WinZip &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;locate the Zip files you have stored on your computer. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;You will see the Search for Favorite Zip Folders panel. We recommend that you choose Search Entire Hard &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Disk and then click Next. You will see the search progress and then a panel that indicates how many &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;folders were added to your Favorite Zip Folders. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;After this one-time setup, WinZip will proceed to the Select Activity panel, described below. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Using the Wizard &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;You can start a WinZip session using the Start menu, the WinZip icon on your desktop, or the WinZip item &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;in the Programs menu. Click Next in the welcome panel to reach the Select Activity panel. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Here is a brief introduction to the features of the WinZip Wizard. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Quick Unzipping with the WinZip Wizard &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In the Select Activity panel, choose Unzip or install from an existing Zip file and click Next. &lt;br /&gt;In the Select Zip File panel, click on the Zip file you want to work with and click Next. The Unzip &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;panel will appear. &lt;br /&gt;In the Unzip panel, click Unzip Now to unzip (extract) the files in the archive. The WinZip Wizard will &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;open a Windows Explorer window showing the unzipped files. &lt;br /&gt;That&#39;s it--you&#39;ve just unzipped a Zip file using the WinZip Wizard. You can now work with the unzipped &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;files, or click Next to select another activity within WinZip, or close the WinZip Wizard window. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Quick Zipping with the WinZip Wizard &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In the Select Activity panel, choose Create a new Zip file and click Next. &lt;br /&gt;In the Choose Zip Name panel, type the name you want to use for your new Zip file and click Next. For &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;example, if you are creating a Zip file that will contain some files related to yearly reports, you &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;might type &quot;1999 reports&quot; as the name for your Zip file. &lt;br /&gt;In the Select Files panel, click Add files to choose the files you want to add to the Zip file. Select &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;the files you want to add and click OK. &lt;br /&gt;Click Zip Now to create the new Zip file. &lt;br /&gt;That&#39;s it--you&#39;ve just created a Zip file using the WinZip Wizard. You can now click the WinZip Classic &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;button if you would like to examine the contents of your new archive, or click Next to select another &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;activity within WinZip, or close the WinZip Wizard window. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;WinZip Classic and Wizard: Switching Interfaces&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;You can easily switch between the WinZip Classic and WinZip Wizard interfaces with a single mouse click. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Here&#39;s how: &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In WinZip Classic: to switch to the WinZip Wizard interface, click the Wizard button at the right end of &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;the toolbar. &lt;br /&gt;In WinZip Wizard: to switch to the WinZip Classic interface, click the WinZip Classic button at the &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;lower left. &lt;br /&gt;Zip and Unzip Files without Leaving Windows Explorer&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Using WinZip&#39;s Explorer interface, you can access most of WinZip&#39;s functionality directly from My &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Computer, Windows Explorer, or the desktop. Here is how to zip and unzip files directly from Explorer; &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;be sure to see the WinZip help for more things you can do, including Zip and E-Mail. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;To create an archive: select the file(s) you want to compress in Windows Explorer, right click, choose &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;WinZip, and then click Add to Zip file from the submenu menu that appears. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;To extract files from an archive: select the archive in Windows Explorer, and either: &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;right click and choose Extract to from the WinZip menu, or &lt;br /&gt;right click and drag the archive onto the folder where you want it extracted, and then choose an extract &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;option from the WinZip menu.</description><link>http://trusted22.blogspot.com/2011/07/winzip.html</link><author>noreply@blogger.com (TRUSTED SOFTWARE)</author><media:thumbnail xmlns:media="http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/" url="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEj6Cp4RV9LHgGPT_qrunNX5BFm4bGhoA3ggeoWaDgQ3MDF-ekZ5eH2sKPgYKliBkpZGGNWvLrjCNsOZ7HohE7J7R-ctLijdNYRf7PT0bvwA4OAjq7UTQ0m1k-bHEuCE-C-BjzDvrhfSi-M/s72-c/images.jpeg" height="72" width="72"/><thr:total>0</thr:total></item><item><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8178415316263789628.post-4491572061526926974</guid><pubDate>Mon, 27 Jun 2011 18:50:00 +0000</pubDate><atom:updated>2011-06-28T07:55:07.442-07:00</atom:updated><category domain="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#">ARCHCAD</category><title>ARCHCAD 2010</title><description>&lt;a onblur=&quot;try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}&quot; href=&quot;https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEinqXUkHk4jz0681t79_zW_4V8Sw_MRi2EGrX5YjxeRJX-KG0v8JbdKEOL6Jb0JRUcsfrj0S4IMkF1e5gHgS8hqyBQsHefUJihSDQpGvS1KtBSU9vK4liZRt93vP_X1XYXxAm-XF3CS5Ps/s1600/i.jpeg&quot;&gt;&lt;img style=&quot;float:left; margin:0 10px 10px 0;cursor:pointer; cursor:hand;width: 140px; height: 78px;&quot; src=&quot;https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEinqXUkHk4jz0681t79_zW_4V8Sw_MRi2EGrX5YjxeRJX-KG0v8JbdKEOL6Jb0JRUcsfrj0S4IMkF1e5gHgS8hqyBQsHefUJihSDQpGvS1KtBSU9vK4liZRt93vP_X1XYXxAm-XF3CS5Ps/s320/i.jpeg&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;id=&quot;BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5623284245496266834&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS&lt;br /&gt;Operating System:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Windows XP Professional and x64 Edition&lt;br /&gt;Windows Vista Ultimate, Business and Enterprise Edition&lt;br /&gt;Macintosh®: OS X 10.4&lt;br /&gt;CPU*:&lt;br /&gt;Intel® Pentium 4 2GHz, or compatible processors with equal or higher performance&lt;br /&gt;Macintosh® PowerPC G4 series with 1GHz processor; G5 series&lt;br /&gt;Macintosh® with any Intel processor&lt;br /&gt;RAM:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;1 GB of RAM is required&lt;br /&gt;2 GB or more is recommended for complex models**&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Hard Drive:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Minimum of 1 GB free hard disk space is required for a full installation.&lt;br /&gt;Additional 2 GB is required for work with complex projects and 3D visualization.&lt;br /&gt;Display:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Recommended resolution: 1280x1024 or higher&lt;br /&gt;Video card:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;PC: Open GL and DirectX 9 compatible graphic card with on-board video memory of 64 MB is&lt;br /&gt;required.&lt;br /&gt;Mac: Open GL compatible graphic card with on-board video memory of 64 MB is required.&lt;br /&gt;On-board video memory of 128 MB or more is recommended.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;To find compatibility data for Open GL VGA-cards, please visit the following website:&lt;br /&gt;http://archicad-talk.graphisoft.com/compatibility.php&lt;br /&gt;Note for Windows users: QuickTime 7 or later and Java 6 or later are required to run&lt;br /&gt;ArchiCAD.&lt;br /&gt;ArchiCAD installer will automatically install Java 6 and QuickTime 7 if they are not&lt;br /&gt;present on your computer.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;* Some components of ArchiCAD can use multiple processors. Read more about this topic&lt;br /&gt;** The maximum amount of memory ArchiCAD can use is 4GB. Read more about this topic&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;LICENSE TYPES&lt;br /&gt;Commercial:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Running ArchiCAD in Commercial mode requires a hardware protection key. Without a protection&lt;br /&gt;key the program runs in Demo mode. Demo mode means that you can explore all the functionalities&lt;br /&gt;of ArchiCAD 11, you can also print your work, but you cannot save your files. If no protection&lt;br /&gt;key is found upon starting the program, the demo option will be offered.&lt;br /&gt;Trial:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Running ArchiCAD in Trial mode requires a Trial license number, which is unique to the computer&lt;br /&gt;on which ArchiCAD 11 is installed. The Trial license number expires in 30 days, during which&lt;br /&gt;period all of the ArchiCAD functionalities are enabled, you can save your work but working&lt;br /&gt;in teams is not possible. However, project files saved with a Trial license are watermarked,&lt;br /&gt;and can only be opened by the same license of ArchiCAD that created it. (This means that&lt;br /&gt;such files cannot be transferred to another computer). After 30 days the Trial version&lt;br /&gt;switches to Demo mode. The Trial license can be turned into a Commercial license at any&lt;br /&gt;time if a Commercial license is purchased, and ArchiCAD is started with a valid protection&lt;br /&gt;key attached to the computer. Files saved with the Trial license can be opened and resaved&lt;br /&gt;in full, unrestricted format.&lt;br /&gt;Note: After the trial period expires, your files saved with your Trial license can be opened&lt;br /&gt;only with the Commercial version and only on the same computer on which they were created.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Educational:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If you have received ArchiCAD 11 for educational purposes, then you received an Educational&lt;br /&gt;License Key Number. Educational version watermarks the project files it creates or saves.&lt;br /&gt;A file created with the commercial version of ArchiCAD can be opened in Educational version,&lt;br /&gt;but it will inherit the Educational watermark. If you save the file in Educational version,&lt;br /&gt;you will still be able to open it in a commercial version, but it will bear the watermark.&lt;br /&gt;Note: The Educational watermark can not be removed from the file by saving it in commercial&lt;br /&gt;version. The Educational watermark will appear on every printout.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;INSTALLING ArchiCAD 11&lt;br /&gt;Commercial version:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Windows: After inserting the DVD into your DVD-Rom drive, the installer will automatically&lt;br /&gt;start.&lt;br /&gt;Choose the &quot;ArchiCAD 11&quot; option to install ArchiCAD. In case the installer does not start&lt;br /&gt;automatically, double-click on the &quot;Setup&quot; application in the DVD root directory.&lt;br /&gt;Macintosh: Insert the ArchiCAD 11 DVD-ROM into your DVD-ROM drive and double-click on the&lt;br /&gt;&quot;ArchiCAD Installer&quot; application in the DVD root directory.&lt;br /&gt;Trial and Education version:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Double-click the downloaded executable file, which will open the unpacker application.&lt;br /&gt;Specify a temporary location for the installer files, then click &quot;Extract&quot;. After files are extracted, the installer wizard will automatically start.&lt;br /&gt;Important: When installing ArchiCAD, you must be logged on as a member of the Administrator&lt;br /&gt;Group. Make sure that NO WIBU protection key is connected to your computer during the&lt;br /&gt;installation.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The ArchiCAD 11 installer wizard will help you through the various install options.&lt;br /&gt;Following the Welcome screen, select the license type you wish to install. After accepting&lt;br /&gt;the license agreement, you will define a location on your computer&#39;s hard drive for&lt;br /&gt;installing ArchiCAD 11. You can either point to an existing folder or create a new folder.&lt;br /&gt;The next step is to choose one of the following three install options:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Typical&lt;br /&gt;Custom&lt;br /&gt;Installation Package Creation&lt;br /&gt;The &quot;Typical&quot; option installs all components of ArchiCAD. We recommend you to use this&lt;br /&gt;option when first installing ArchiCAD.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The &quot;Custom&quot; option lets you install only selected parts of the full package. Choose this&lt;br /&gt;option only if you are experienced in installing and using ArchiCAD.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The &quot;Installation Package Creation&quot; option allows CAD managers to create a customized&lt;br /&gt;installer package that contains company standard settings, such as Work Environment&lt;br /&gt;profiles, DXF-DWG translators, and template files. At the end of this process, a&lt;br /&gt;single-file, one-click installer package is created that can be distributed over the&lt;br /&gt;network. See details of this option in the ArchiCAD 11 documentation, or at: http://archicadwiki.com/Installation_Package_Creation&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If you have earlier versions of ArchiCAD installed on your computer, the installer will offer you the possibility to import Work Environment profiles.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Important: After installing ArchiCAD, do not forget to restart your computer; otherwise the hardware protection key will not work properly.&lt;br /&gt;Plug in the protection key only after you have rebooted your system.&lt;br /&gt;(No restart is required if you already had a WIBU protection key driver installed on your&lt;br /&gt;computer, and no driver was installed by the ArchiCAD 11 installer.)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;MODIFYING ArchiCAD 11&lt;br /&gt;The ArchiCAD 11 installer lets you subsequently add components to your installed package.&lt;br /&gt;If you need further components installed, insert the ArchiCAD 11 DVD-ROM, start the ArchiCAD 11 installation, select the &quot;Add&quot; option in the dialog box and follow the instructions.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Note: The ArchiCAD 11 installer will scan your hard drive and list the currently installed&lt;br /&gt;components. Components unchecked in your list are not yet installed; to install them, mark&lt;br /&gt;their respective checkboxes.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;REPAIRING ArchiCAD 11&lt;br /&gt;The ArchiCAD 11 installer lets you repair your installation if you have accidentally&lt;br /&gt;deleted elements from the ArchiCAD folder.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;To repair your ArchiCAD installation, insert the ArchiCAD 11 DVD-ROM and select the&lt;br /&gt;&quot;Repair&quot; option in the dialog box.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Note: Repairing the installation means that all files will be reinstalled from the DVD-ROM.&lt;br /&gt;Project files you saved into the ArchiCAD 11 folder will not be deleted or overwritten.&lt;br /&gt;The installer offers you the option to save all preferred files - which contain your&lt;br /&gt;template and work environment custom settings - in a backup folder. After the repair&lt;br /&gt;process is complete, you can either delete these preferred files or reuse them by copying&lt;br /&gt;them back into your repaired ArchiCAD environment.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;UPDATING ArchiCAD 11&lt;br /&gt;Graphisoft regularly releases Hotfixes for ArchiCAD. ArchiCAD 11 will automatically check&lt;br /&gt;if there are new Hotfixes or library updates available, and prompt you to download the latest&lt;br /&gt;updates. You can disable automatic updates during the installation process or in the Work&lt;br /&gt;Environment settings of ArchiCAD.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;UNINSTALLING ArchiCAD 11&lt;br /&gt;To uninstall ArchiCAD 11 completely, run &quot;uninstaller.exe&quot; (PC) or &quot;uninstaller&quot; (MacOS)&lt;br /&gt;in the &quot;ArchiCAD 11/Uninstall.AC&quot; folder. You can also start the uninstall process by&lt;br /&gt;inserting the ArchiCAD 11 DVD-ROM and selecting the &quot;Remove&quot; option of the ArchiCAD 11&lt;br /&gt;installer. This process will remove all standard ArchiCAD 11 components from your computer.&lt;br /&gt;Project files you saved into the ArchiCAD 11 folder will not be deleted.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Important: Do not remove the Java Runtime Environment before uninstalling ArchiCAD.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;ADDITIONAL SOFTWARE REQUIRED&lt;br /&gt;QuickTime is necessary to run ArchiCAD 11. On Macintosh QuickTime is part of the Operating&lt;br /&gt;System. On Windows it is automatically installed by the ArchiCAD installer. If QuickTime is&lt;br /&gt;missing, you cannot start ArchiCAD 11 and you will be notified. In this case, insert the&lt;br /&gt;ArchiCAD 11 DVD-ROM and select the &quot;QuickTime 7&quot; option in the dialog box.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Adobe Reader is necessary to read the PDF documentation provided on the ArchiCAD 11&lt;br /&gt;install DVD. On Macintosh it is part of the Operating System. On Windows it has to be&lt;br /&gt;installed additionally. If Adobe Reader is missing, insert the ArchiCAD 11 DVD-ROM and&lt;br /&gt;select the &quot;Adobe Reader&quot; option in the dialog box.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Note: You can also install these components by browsing the ArchiCAD 11 install DVD and&lt;br /&gt;double-clicking the installer application in the folder of the respective component.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;UPGRADING EARLIER VERSIONS&lt;br /&gt;If you are upgrading from ArchiCAD version 7.0, 8, 8.1, 9 or 10, your protection key has&lt;br /&gt;to be re-programmed via the Graphisoft remote key upgrade site. To learn more about this&lt;br /&gt;process, please consult your local ArchiCAD partner. Read more about this topic&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;ArchiCAD versions 7.0, 8, 8.1, 9 and 10 run with the ArchiCAD 11 keyplug; the old and new&lt;br /&gt;versions can be used simultaneously. If you upgrade from pre-7.0 versions of ArchiCAD,&lt;br /&gt;please contact your local ArchiCAD partner.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Reading Projects in older format&lt;br /&gt;ArchiCAD 11 can open ArchiCAD 8, 8.1, 9 and 10 project files.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Warning: You cannot open ArchiCAD 8.1 or earlier versions of project files directly in&lt;br /&gt;ArchiCAD 11. Please use ArchiCAD 9 or 10 to convert them to the current file format. We&lt;br /&gt;strongly recommend that you create Archives (.pla file format) of each project you worked&lt;br /&gt;on with older ArchiCAD versions. Move a project onto ArchiCAD 11 only if you have archived&lt;br /&gt;it with the previous version. If you need help or have questions, please contact your local&lt;br /&gt;ArchiCAD provider.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Continuing an ArchiCAD 10 Project in ArchiCAD 11&lt;br /&gt;Graphisoft provides an &quot;ArchiCAD 10 subset library&quot; to ensure smooth transition between&lt;br /&gt;versions. The subset library contains all ArchiCAD 10 objects that changed in ArchiCAD 11.&lt;br /&gt;When you migrate an ArchiCAD 10 project into ArchiCAD 11, we strongly recommend loading&lt;br /&gt;the ArchiCAD 10 subset library along with the ArchiCAD 11 library. This way you benefit&lt;br /&gt;from the new functions of the new ArchiCAD 11 library parts, while keeping full&lt;br /&gt;compatibility&lt;br /&gt;with the objects already placed in your project.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Saving Projects in older format&lt;br /&gt;ArchiCAD 11 can save project files in ArchiCAD 10 format.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Warning: ArchiCAD 11 provides downward compatibility with limitations: all information&lt;br /&gt;based on the new features and functions of ArchiCAD 11 version will be lost in a file saved&lt;br /&gt;in ArchiCAD 10 format. Also, you cannot use library parts of newer versions in previous&lt;br /&gt;ArchiCADs, which means that projects saved in ArchiCAD 10 format will not be able to use&lt;br /&gt;ArchiCAD 11 library parts. ArchiCAD 11 library parts can not be saved in earlier file&lt;br /&gt;formats.</description><link>http://trusted22.blogspot.com/2011/06/archcad-2010.html</link><author>noreply@blogger.com (TRUSTED SOFTWARE)</author><media:thumbnail xmlns:media="http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/" url="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEinqXUkHk4jz0681t79_zW_4V8Sw_MRi2EGrX5YjxeRJX-KG0v8JbdKEOL6Jb0JRUcsfrj0S4IMkF1e5gHgS8hqyBQsHefUJihSDQpGvS1KtBSU9vK4liZRt93vP_X1XYXxAm-XF3CS5Ps/s72-c/i.jpeg" height="72" width="72"/><thr:total>0</thr:total></item><item><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8178415316263789628.post-1213815292308985473</guid><pubDate>Mon, 27 Jun 2011 18:48:00 +0000</pubDate><atom:updated>2011-06-28T07:43:44.422-07:00</atom:updated><category domain="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#">AUTOCAD</category><title>AUTO CAD 7</title><description>&lt;a onblur=&quot;try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}&quot; href=&quot;https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEizTJv7c0-Hl9X_LPJ9r88yY9pX5b37S_xs00XhOEdlZSK6SgezwqDZhHaJg4kNevv7O2BNZ_cCq-8wUI9nmuOGg33zNhPZRs9IHRk7reGtI7JcqzoivPWxWuZJtA7WFDYZc4MgrNp4MLI/s1600/i.jpeg&quot;&gt;&lt;img style=&quot;float:left; margin:0 10px 10px 0;cursor:pointer; cursor:hand;width: 134px; height: 114px;&quot; src=&quot;https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEizTJv7c0-Hl9X_LPJ9r88yY9pX5b37S_xs00XhOEdlZSK6SgezwqDZhHaJg4kNevv7O2BNZ_cCq-8wUI9nmuOGg33zNhPZRs9IHRk7reGtI7JcqzoivPWxWuZJtA7WFDYZc4MgrNp4MLI/s320/i.jpeg&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;id=&quot;BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5623281330972842146&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The new layout feature in autocad 2010 ensures several features that let you&lt;br /&gt;design faster and more accuratelly.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;HOW TO INSTALL&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Run setup and follow all instructions carefully.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;.start the setup.exe file or unpack it with winral to ur hard disk.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;.start the setup from hard disk.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;.install with the serial number on the disket.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;.copy this file from the crack folder of the autocad&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;2010 cd to ur installation directory.(c;\programs files\autocad2010)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;and overwrite the existing file\or right click the Autocad2010 icon&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;on ur desktop,click find target,copy the file named adlmint.dll from the crack&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;folder of ur auto 2010 cd to this location,click yes to overwrite the file.then&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;enjoy ur program.</description><link>http://trusted22.blogspot.com/2011/06/auto-cad-7.html</link><author>noreply@blogger.com (TRUSTED SOFTWARE)</author><media:thumbnail xmlns:media="http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/" url="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEizTJv7c0-Hl9X_LPJ9r88yY9pX5b37S_xs00XhOEdlZSK6SgezwqDZhHaJg4kNevv7O2BNZ_cCq-8wUI9nmuOGg33zNhPZRs9IHRk7reGtI7JcqzoivPWxWuZJtA7WFDYZc4MgrNp4MLI/s72-c/i.jpeg" height="72" width="72"/><thr:total>0</thr:total></item><item><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8178415316263789628.post-7641310005081542090</guid><pubDate>Mon, 27 Jun 2011 18:43:00 +0000</pubDate><atom:updated>2011-06-28T07:51:57.153-07:00</atom:updated><category domain="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#">MICROSOFT</category><title>MICROSOFT ENCARTA</title><description>&lt;a onblur=&quot;try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}&quot; href=&quot;https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgHq0exyGLLXQOpBMJCHMDJ8H34anVFIFbRYQ10_jZQu2BB0an1eq4zRvweqU1FrxRm5njjq88-egTV6UIwVI33Nh4VXOX2lOZk0MBomHJ-NI2PY1UdcL677AqiOMSqZNtiZuQ9scmzSXw/s1600/i.jpeg&quot;&gt;&lt;img style=&quot;float:left; margin:0 10px 10px 0;cursor:pointer; cursor:hand;width: 135px; height: 100px;&quot; src=&quot;https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgHq0exyGLLXQOpBMJCHMDJ8H34anVFIFbRYQ10_jZQu2BB0an1eq4zRvweqU1FrxRm5njjq88-egTV6UIwVI33Nh4VXOX2lOZk0MBomHJ-NI2PY1UdcL677AqiOMSqZNtiZuQ9scmzSXw/s320/i.jpeg&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;id=&quot;BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5623283451959455282&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Learning Essentials for Microsoft Office, Student Edition, helps you get the most out of Microsoft Office in the least amount of time. Learning Essentials offers templatesA file that contains the structure and tools for document elements such as style and page layout and toolbars specifically created for student tasks such as reports, presentations, foreign languages studies, and everyday homework assignments.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In addition to task-based toolbars and templates that help you accomplish work quickly and easily, Learning Essentials offers tutorialsAn educational exercise designed to provide instruction and training and project assistanceAn activity or additional information linked to an Office template, displayed in a separate window to help you with your studies.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;You can also personalize the content in Learning Essentials. You can organize it in the way that works best for you, and then supplement it with links to documents, templates, or Web sites that you find useful.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;You can organize content in Learning Essentials and supplement it with your own links to documents, templates, or Web sites that you find useful. You can add, delete, rename, or move items as needed.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Learning Essentials content is organized with categoriesA group of items organized together. Categories contain subcategory headingsThe heading for a group of subcategories, such as Templates or Tutorials, which group subcategoriesa subdivision of a category, containing a smaller group of items. Subcategories contain itemsA single thing in a group or collection.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;For example, to add an item to a new category, you would do the following:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Create a new category. Right-click an existing category, and then add a category.&lt;br /&gt;Create a new subcategory heading. Select your new category, and then right-click a spot in the empty subcategory list and add a subcategory heading.&lt;br /&gt;Create a new subcategory. Right-click your new subcategory heading, and then add a subcategory.&lt;br /&gt;Add an item. Select your new subcategory, and then right-click a spot in the empty item list and add an item.&lt;br /&gt;You also have the options to remove all customization for Learning Essentials or show deleted content.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Learning Essentials offers a number of project assistanceAn activity or additional information linked to an Office template, displayed in a separate window files that you can link to a document or templateA file that contains the structure and tools for document elements such as style and page layout. If you want a different project assistance file, or if no project assistance file is linked to your document, you can select one from a list of available files.&lt;br /&gt;--------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Select a project assistance file&lt;br /&gt;Open the document for which you want to select a project assistance file.&lt;br /&gt;On the Student Tools menu, click Project Assistance.&lt;br /&gt;A list of project assistance files appears.&lt;br /&gt;Or&lt;br /&gt;In a project assistance window, click to see the list of files.&lt;br /&gt;From the list, select a project assistance file to link to the document.&lt;br /&gt;Save your document.&lt;br /&gt;Notes&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;You can have only one project assistance file linked to a document at a time.&lt;br /&gt;Any changes you made to the project assistance file will be lost. For example, if you added check marks in a checklist, the check marks used to indicate your status are cleared when you remove the file.</description><link>http://trusted22.blogspot.com/2011/06/microsoft-encarta.html</link><author>noreply@blogger.com (TRUSTED SOFTWARE)</author><media:thumbnail xmlns:media="http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/" url="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgHq0exyGLLXQOpBMJCHMDJ8H34anVFIFbRYQ10_jZQu2BB0an1eq4zRvweqU1FrxRm5njjq88-egTV6UIwVI33Nh4VXOX2lOZk0MBomHJ-NI2PY1UdcL677AqiOMSqZNtiZuQ9scmzSXw/s72-c/i.jpeg" height="72" width="72"/><thr:total>0</thr:total></item><item><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8178415316263789628.post-863751301194182286</guid><pubDate>Mon, 27 Jun 2011 18:38:00 +0000</pubDate><atom:updated>2011-06-28T07:49:24.287-07:00</atom:updated><category domain="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#">WINDOW</category><title>WINDOW VISTA</title><description>&lt;a onblur=&quot;try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}&quot; href=&quot;https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgJNAmXnGdKeuEwT6ImLuZAhcmofzGJXj-jG-w51Yh-1WiOVK_xv5Clxvu6T3GTx4PM9NOnFd2twO4IMSRKolWQlrYzJxH4vfD0jvlK9uhMUz0W7zKTj9-nj43dBYwsjautd5ABqoe6N6I/s1600/i.jpeg&quot;&gt;&lt;img style=&quot;float:left; margin:0 10px 10px 0;cursor:pointer; cursor:hand;width: 128px; height: 94px;&quot; src=&quot;https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgJNAmXnGdKeuEwT6ImLuZAhcmofzGJXj-jG-w51Yh-1WiOVK_xv5Clxvu6T3GTx4PM9NOnFd2twO4IMSRKolWQlrYzJxH4vfD0jvlK9uhMUz0W7zKTj9-nj43dBYwsjautd5ABqoe6N6I/s320/i.jpeg&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;id=&quot;BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5623282711960212498&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Hardware requirements for Windows Vista may change before its &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;official release. The present requirements can provide a &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;guideline, and are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;* A computer with one gigahertz or higher processor clock speed &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;recommended; 300 MHz minimum required (single or dual processor &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;system); Intel Pentium/Celeron family, or AMD K6/Athlon/Duron &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;family, or compatible processor recommended&lt;br /&gt;* 512 megabytes (MB)or 1 gigabyte(GB) of RAM or higher &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;recommended&lt;br /&gt;* 5 gigabytes (GB) of available hard disk space&lt;br /&gt;* A video adapter capable of supporting the Windows Server® 2008 &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Display Driver Model (LDDM) drivers used in Windows Vista&lt;br /&gt;* A DVD drive&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Overview of Scenarios&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;These scenarios cover the steps required to install Windows Vista &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;as either an upgrade to an existing operating system, or on a new &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;computer to which you will transfer settings and files. The steps &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;are very similar for the Windows Vista setup in both scenarios; &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;the scenarios differ in the state of the computer at the &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;beginning of the procedures, and the transfer of data after the &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Windows Vista installation.&lt;br /&gt;Upgrading to Windows Vista&lt;br /&gt;Avoiding Software Conflicts&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This section addresses a temporary issue that may be present when &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;you upgrade from Windows XP to Windows Vista.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If you are upgrading a computer running Windows XP and Windows &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;AntiSpyware Beta 1, you may see software conflicts with Windows &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Defender when you upgrade to Windows Vista. To avoid this, &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;uninstall Windows AntiSpyware Beta 1 before starting the upgrade &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;process described in this section.&lt;br /&gt;Steps for Upgrading to Windows Vista&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Step 1: Assess Hardware Requirements&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Step 2: Backup Important Data&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Step 3: Upgrade to Windows Vista&lt;br /&gt;Step 1: Assess Hardware Requirements&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Hardware requirements for Windows Vista may change before its &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;official release. The present requirements can provide a &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;guideline, and are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;* A computer with a modern CPU, as detailed in the Windows Vista &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Capable PC Hardware Guidelines &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;(http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkID=54987)&lt;br /&gt;* 512 megabytes (MB) of RAM or higher recommended&lt;br /&gt;* 5–10 gigabytes of available hard disk space (exact amount &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;depends upon several factors, including features installed and &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;virtual memory settings selected)&lt;br /&gt;* A DirectX 9–class graphics adapter that supports WDDM and Pixel &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Shader 2.0, capable of supporting the Windows Display Driver &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Model (WDDM) drivers used in Windows Vista&lt;br /&gt;* A DVD drive&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Step 2: Backup Important Data&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;You should back up files, or save them to a safe location, before &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;upgrading to Windows Vista. While this step is optional, it is &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;important to have a current backup of important data before &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;making significant changes to the computer to prevent data loss.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;To save your important data to a safe location, your options will &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;depend on the original operating system and the backup options &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;available to you. The following list provides a few suggestions:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;* Windows Backup, or other backup software&lt;br /&gt;* Copy the important data to a network folder&lt;br /&gt;* Burn the data to a CD or DVD&lt;br /&gt;* Backup to an external hard disk&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Step 3: Upgrade to Windows Vista&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The procedure for upgrading to Windows Vista assumes that you are &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;already running a previous version of Windows on your computer. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Upgrades are supported for the following versions of Windows:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;* Windows XP SP 2&lt;br /&gt;* Windows Vista&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Upgrade to Windows Vista&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;1.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Start Windows Vista Setup by inserting the DVD while running &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Windows, and click Install Now. If the autorun program does not &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;open the Install Windows screen, browse to the root folder of the &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;DVD and double click setup.exe.&lt;br /&gt;2.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Click Next to begin the Setup process.&lt;br /&gt;3.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Click Go online to get the latest updates (recommended) to &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;retrieve any important updates for Windows Vista. This step is &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;optional. If you choose not to check for updates during Setup, &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;click Do not get the latest updates.&lt;br /&gt;4.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In Product key, type your product ID exactly as it appears on &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;your DVD case. Click Next to proceed.&lt;br /&gt;5.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Read and accept the License Terms. Click I accept the License &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Terms (required to use Windows), and then click Next. If you &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;click I decline (cancel installation) Windows Vista Setup will &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;exit.&lt;br /&gt;6.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Click Upgrade (recommended) to perform an upgrade to your &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;existing installation of Windows.&lt;br /&gt;7.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Windows Vista Setup will proceed without further interaction.&lt;br /&gt;noteNote&lt;br /&gt;To perform this procedure, you must be a member of the &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Administrators group on the local computer, or you must have been &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;delegated the appropriate authority. If the computer is joined to &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;a domain, members of the Domain Admins group might be able to &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;perform this procedure. As a security best practice, consider &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;using Run as to perform this procedure.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Migrating to Windows Vista&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;To migrate to Windows Vista from a previous version of Windows, &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;you should have a computer running a supported version of Windows &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;that contains applications, settings, and data to be moved to a &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;new computer running Windows Vista. The migration tools in &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Windows Vista provide three options for migrating your settings &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;and files:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;* Network connection&lt;br /&gt;* Removable media (such as a USB flash drive or external hard &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;disk)&lt;br /&gt;* CD or DVD&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In addition to a choice of transfer method, you have a choice of &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;migration tools. Windows Easy Transfer, included in Windows &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Vista, can be used to migrate settings and files for all of the &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;users on a single computer to a new computer. If you want to &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;migrate files and settings for a number of users on multiple &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;computers, use the User State Migration Tool (USMT).&lt;br /&gt;Steps for Migrating to Windows Vista&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Step 1: Migrate User Settings Using the User State Migration Tool&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Step 2: Migrate User Settings Using Windows Easy Transfer&lt;br /&gt;Step 1: Migrate User Settings Using the User State Migration Tool&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;You can use Microsoft Windows User State Migration Tool (USMT) &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;3.0 to migrate user accounts during large deployments of &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Microsoft Windows XP and Windows Vista operating systems. USMT &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;captures user accounts including desktop, and application &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;settings, as well as a user&#39;s files, and then migrates them to a &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;new Windows installation. Using USMT can help you improve and &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;simplify your migration process. You can use USMT for both &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;side-by-side (where you are copying the data from the old &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;computer to a new computer) and wipe-and-load (where you are &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;saving the data and then formatting the computer&#39;s hard disk and &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;performing a clean install) migrations. If you are only upgrading &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;your operating system, USMT is not needed.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;USMT is intended for administrators who are performing automated &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;deployments. If you are migrating the user states of only a few &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;computers, you can use Windows Easy Transfer. For more &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;information about USMT, see &quot;Step-by-Step Guide to Migrating &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Files and Settings&quot; on the Microsoft Web site &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;(http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkID=37680).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;USMT allows you to do the following:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;* Configure USMT for your unique situation, using the migration &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;rule (.xml) files to control exactly which user accounts, files &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;and settings are migrated and how they are migrated.&lt;br /&gt;* Automate your migration using the two USMT command-line tools, &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;which control collecting and restoring the user files and &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;settings.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;USMT is described in full detail in &quot;Getting Started with User &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;State Migration Tool&quot; on the Microsoft Web site &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;(http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkID=56578).&lt;br /&gt;Step 2: Migrate User Settings Using Windows Easy Transfer&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;You can use Windows Easy Transfer to move user accounts, files &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;and folders, program settings, Internet settings and favorites, &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;and e-mail settings from an existing Windows computer to a new &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;computer running Windows Vista.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Step 1: Preparing for the Transfer&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Step 2: Capturing Files and Settings from the Existing Computer&lt;br /&gt;Step 1: Preparing for the Transfer&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Windows Easy Transfer in Windows Vista supports the following &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;operating systems:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;* Windows 2000 SP 4&lt;br /&gt;* Windows XP SP 2&lt;br /&gt;* Windows Vista&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Preparing Windows Easy Transfer&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;1.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Open Windows Easy Transfer on your Windows Vista computer: click &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Start, click All Programs, click Accessories, click System Tools, &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;and then click Windows Easy Transfer. Click Next to proceed.&lt;br /&gt;2.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If you have any programs open, you will be prompted to close &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;them. You can opt to save your work in each program, and then &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;close them individually, or you can click Close All in Windows &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Easy Transfer to close all running programs at once. Click Next.&lt;br /&gt;3.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Click Start new to begin the process of preparing Windows Easy &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Transfer to gather information from existing computers.&lt;br /&gt;4.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Click This is my new computer.&lt;br /&gt;5.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Select the destination for Windows Easy Transfer files. You have &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;the option of creating the wizard files on CD or DVD, removable &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;media, or a network drive. To use removable media or CD/DVD, you &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;must have a drive in your computer that supports writing data to &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;the appropriate media. Click Network drive.&lt;br /&gt;noteNote&lt;br /&gt;Both computers must support the transfer method you choose. For &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;example, if you write the data to CD or DVD, the destination &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;computer must also have a CD or DVD drive. If you choose to &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;transfer the data across the network, both computers must be &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;connected on the same network.&lt;br /&gt;6.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Type a path and folder name in which you will store the Windows &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Easy Transfer files. The default value is C:\migwiz. Click Next.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Step 2: Transferring files and settings&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Perform this step on the existing computer from which you are &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;migrating user settings and files. Once the files and settings &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;have been collected from your old computer and saved, you will &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;move to the new computer to complete the wizard.&lt;br /&gt;Transfer files and setting using a network&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;1.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Start Windows Easy Transfer on the computer from which you wish &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;to migrate settings and files by browsing to the removable media &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;or network drive containing the wizard files, and then double &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;clicking migwiz.exe.&lt;br /&gt;2.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If you have any programs open, you will be prompted to close &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;them. You can opt to save your work in each program, and then &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;close them individually, or you can click Close All in Windows &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Easy Transfer to close all running programs at once. Click Next.&lt;br /&gt;3.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Determine the transfer method to use. Click Through a network.&lt;br /&gt;noteNote&lt;br /&gt;Both computers must support the transfer method you choose. For &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;example, both computers must be connected to the same network.&lt;br /&gt;4.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Click Connect directly via network to begin the transfer. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Alternately, click Save to network location if you want to store &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;the files and settings in a file to be loaded later. If you &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;choose to store the data in a network location, you will be &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;prompted to provide the path.&lt;br /&gt;5.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Click Everything - all user accounts, files, and program settings &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;(recommended) to transfer all files and settings. You can also &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;choose to determine exactly which files should be migrated by &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;clicking either Only my user account, files, and program &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;settings, or Custom.&lt;br /&gt;6.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Review the list of files and settings to be transferred, and then &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;click Start to begin the transfer. Click Customize if you want to &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;add or remove files or settings.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Transfer files and settings using removable media&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;1.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Start Windows Easy Transfer on the computer from which you wish &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;to migrate settings and files by browsing to the removable media &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;or network drive containing the wizard files, and then double &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;clicking migwiz.exe.&lt;br /&gt;2.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If you have any programs open, you will be prompted to close &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;them. You can opt to save your work in each program, and then &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;close them individually, or you can click Close All in Windows &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Easy Transfer to close all running programs at once. Click Next.&lt;br /&gt;3.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Determine the transfer method to use. Click On a CD or other &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;removable media, such as a flash drive.&lt;br /&gt;noteNote&lt;br /&gt;Both computers must support the transfer method you choose. For &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;example, both computers must support the same type of removable &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;media.&lt;br /&gt;4.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Click To a network drive to save the files to either a network &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;folder or a folder on a removable drive.&lt;br /&gt;5.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In Where do you want to save your files, type the path to a &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;folder on the removable drive, and then click Next.&lt;br /&gt;6.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Click Everything - all user accounts, files, and program settings &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;(recommended) to transfer all files and settings. You can also &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;choose to determine exactly which files should be migrated by &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;clicking either Only my user account, files, and program &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;settings, or Custom.&lt;br /&gt;7.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Review the list of files and settings to be transferred, and then &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;click Start to begin the transfer. Click Customize if you want to &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;add or remove files or settings.&lt;br /&gt;8.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Click Close once Windows Easy Transfer has completed moving &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;files.&lt;br /&gt;9.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Move the removable media to the new computer and launch Windows &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Easy Transfer. Click Next.&lt;br /&gt;10.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Click Continue a transfer in progress.&lt;br /&gt;11.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In Where did you copy your files, click Removable media. If &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Removable Media is unavailable, click Network Drive. Click Next.&lt;br /&gt;12.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In Locate your saved files, type the path to your saved files or &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;click Browse. Click Next once you have located the files.&lt;br /&gt;13.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Choose user names on your new computer that match the names on &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;the old computer. You may have to create new accounts in this &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;step. Type in a user name to create an account on the local &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;computer. Type in a user name in the format domain\user to create &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;a profile for a domain user.&lt;br /&gt;14.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In Choose the drives for files on your new computer, select the &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;destination drive for each source drive location. For example, &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;for files that came from the D: drive on your old computer, you &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;must determine which drive they should be moved to on the new &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;computer.&lt;br /&gt;15.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Review the list of files and settings to be transferred, and then &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;click Start to begin the transfer. Click Customize if you want to &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;add or remove files or settings.&lt;br /&gt;16.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Click Close once Windows Easy Transfer has completed moving &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;files.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Transfer files and settings using a writable CD or DVD&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;1.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Start Windows Easy Transfer on the computer from which you wish &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;to migrate settings and files by browsing to the removable media &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;or network drive containing the wizard files, and then double &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;clicking migwiz.exe.&lt;br /&gt;2.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If you have any programs open, you will be prompted to close &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;them. You can opt to save your work in each program, and then &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;close them individually, or you can click Close All in Windows &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Easy Transfer to close all running programs at once. Click Next.&lt;br /&gt;3.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Determine the transfer method to use. Click Burn a CD or DVD.&lt;br /&gt;noteNote&lt;br /&gt;Both computers must support the transfer method you choose. For &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;example, both computers must have a working CD or DVD drive.&lt;br /&gt;4.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In Choose your media, type the path to the writeable CD or DVD &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;media. Click Next.&lt;br /&gt;5.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Click Everything - all user accounts, files, and program settings &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;(recommended) to transfer all files and settings. You can also &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;choose to determine exactly which files should be migrated by &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;clicking either Only my user account, files, and program &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;settings, or Custom.&lt;br /&gt;6.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Review the list of files and settings to be transferred, and then &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;click Start to begin the transfer. Click Customize if you want to &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;add or remove files or settings. If there is not enough free &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;space on the writeable media, Windows Easy Transfer will tell you &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;how many blank discs will be required.&lt;br /&gt;7.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Click Next once the CD or DVD burn process has completed.&lt;br /&gt;8.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Click Close once Windows Easy Transfer has completed moving &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;files.&lt;br /&gt;9.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Move the CD or DVD media to the new computer and launch Windows &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Easy Transfer. Click Next.&lt;br /&gt;10.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Click Continue a transfer in progress.&lt;br /&gt;11.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In Where did you copy your files, click Read CD or DVD.&lt;br /&gt;12.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In Choose your media, select the drive letter for your CD or DVD &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;drive where the disc is located. Click Next once you have located &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;the files.&lt;br /&gt;13.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Choose user names on your new computer that match the names on &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;the old computer. You may have to create new accounts in this &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;step. Type in a user name to create an account on the local &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;computer. Type in a user name in the format domain\user to create &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;a profile for a domain user.&lt;br /&gt;14.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In Choose the drives for files on your new computer, select the &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;destination drive for each source drive location. For example, &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;for files that came from the D: drive on your old computer, you &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;must determine which drive they should be moved to on the new &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;computer.&lt;br /&gt;15.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Review the list of files and settings to be transferred, and then &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;click Start to begin the transfer. Click Customize if you want to &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;add or remove files or settings.&lt;br /&gt;16.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Click Close once Windows Easy Transfer has completed moving &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;files.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Additional Resources&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;For more information about automating your deployment (including &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;best practices, migration sample scripts, and information about &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;application compatibility, imaging, and remote deployments) see &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&quot;Desktop Deployment&quot; on the Microsoft Web site &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;(http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=56488).&lt;br /&gt;0 comments:</description><link>http://trusted22.blogspot.com/2011/06/window-vista.html</link><author>noreply@blogger.com (TRUSTED SOFTWARE)</author><media:thumbnail xmlns:media="http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/" url="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgJNAmXnGdKeuEwT6ImLuZAhcmofzGJXj-jG-w51Yh-1WiOVK_xv5Clxvu6T3GTx4PM9NOnFd2twO4IMSRKolWQlrYzJxH4vfD0jvlK9uhMUz0W7zKTj9-nj43dBYwsjautd5ABqoe6N6I/s72-c/i.jpeg" height="72" width="72"/><thr:total>0</thr:total></item><item><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8178415316263789628.post-1902534410766012399</guid><pubDate>Sun, 08 May 2011 13:58:00 +0000</pubDate><atom:updated>2011-06-26T02:55:42.337-07:00</atom:updated><category domain="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#">ADOBE</category><title>ADOBE® PHOTOSHOP® 7.0</title><description>&lt;a onblur=&quot;try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}&quot; href=&quot;https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgkHmuH5-by6J67DqvdwpRZZJkZFt3XL4C5FwrwhPPmL4vr5y0tL5-VKzyrCoMTxSOVkozjOFzq-kun5fbAkiknzvxz9es-qkFmaW6JrEkaGcghn8ZsGI5KFcvEDZNJX_Y5okRQpdL8lkc/s1600/i.jpeg&quot;&gt;&lt;img style=&quot;float:left; margin:0 10px 10px 0;cursor:pointer; cursor:hand;width: 124px; height: 78px;&quot; src=&quot;https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgkHmuH5-by6J67DqvdwpRZZJkZFt3XL4C5FwrwhPPmL4vr5y0tL5-VKzyrCoMTxSOVkozjOFzq-kun5fbAkiknzvxz9es-qkFmaW6JrEkaGcghn8ZsGI5KFcvEDZNJX_Y5okRQpdL8lkc/s320/i.jpeg&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;id=&quot;BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5622464916991372562&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This file contains last-minute product information, updates to the Adobe Photoshop documentation, and troubleshooting tips. Please refer to the user guide for installation instructions. For further troubleshooting and performance information, see the user guide or online Help.  This file also covers the Adobe ImageReady component.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Important: Please complete your registration card and mail it today or use the online registration software provided with Adobe Photoshop software to register your copy. You must register to receive technical support and important product update information.&lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;Serial Numbers &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;You can find the 24-digit serial number (e.g. 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000) on the registration card or on the inside cover of your CD holder.  Use this number to install Photoshop.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If you are upgrading from an earlier version of Adobe Photoshop, you will need to use the new 24-digit serial number which you can find on the inside cover of your CD holder that comes with the Photoshop 7.0 upgrade package.  Note: the serial number you used to install previous versions of Photoshop will not work to install Photoshop 7.0.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If you are upgrading from a version of Photoshop prior to Photoshop 4.0, you will need to contact customer service at 800-492-3623.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If you are upgrading from Adobe Photoshop LE or Photoshop Elements, please use the serial number located on the registration card or on the inside cover of the CD holder included in your Photoshop 7.0 upgrade package. If your new 24-digit serial number does not work please contact Adobe Systems at 800-492-3623.&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;Optional Extensions and Plug-Ins&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Several optional extensions are included in the Optional Extensions folder, which is located on the Adobe Photoshop 7.0 Application CD-ROM in the Goodies folder. These extensions let you customize and enhance the Adobe Photoshop program in a variety of ways. For more information, see the Read Me files included with the optional extensions.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;There are also several optional plug-in modules included on the Adobe Photoshop 7.0 Application CD-ROM in the Optional Plug-Ins folder within the Goodies folder. Included in this folder are some additional file format and export plug-ins as well as filter plug-ins.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;You will receive error messages if you set your additional plug-ins folder to use your Photoshop 6.0 plug-ins.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Initialization and Preferences Files&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;You can find the Photoshop 7.0 preference files in the following locations:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Windows 98: &lt;br /&gt;Windows\Application Data\Adobe\Photoshop\7.0\Adobe Photoshop 7.0 Settings&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Windows NT: &lt;br /&gt;WinNT\profiles\&lt;username&gt;\Application Data\Adobe\Photoshop\7.0\Adobe Photoshop 7.0 Settings&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Windows 2000 and XP:&lt;br /&gt;C:\Documents and Settings\&lt;username&gt;\Application Data\Adobe\Photoshop\7.0\Adobe Photoshop 7.0 Settings&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Note:  The Application Data folder is a hidden folder and not visible by default.  If you do not see the Application Data folder, go to Windows Explorer&gt;Tools&gt;Folder Options&gt;View and check the option View Hidden Files and Folders.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Note: Many preferences are now in the Windows registry.  To reset your Photoshop preferences you can hit Shift-Ctrl-Alt upon startup.  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Installation Requirements&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;When installing Photoshop to a hard drive other than your system or boot drive (usually C:), you will still need to have at least 65-70MB free on your system drive to proceed with installation, regardless of how much space is on your installation drive.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Using Adobe Photoshop with Windows®&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;The following sections include useful information about using Adobe Photoshop 7.0 software with different versions of Windows. (Please note that Photoshop 7.0 does not support Windows 3.1.x or Windows 95.)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Shared Files&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;Many files installed by Photoshop - such as TWAIN support files and MSVCRT*.* files (Microsoft runtime files) are shared with other programs. When you install or uninstall other programs that use these shared files, the file versions used by Photoshop may be overwritten or deleted. If you experience problems with features that depend on shared files, reinstall Photoshop.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Windows NT&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;Adobe Photoshop 7.0 can be run under Windows NT® for Intel compatible systems only. It will not run under other types of Windows NT such as Windows NT for DEC Alpha or Windows NT for PowerPC®.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Adobe Photoshop 7.0 requires Windows NT Service Pack 6a or higher.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Windows 2000&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;Adobe Photoshop 7.0 requires Windows 2000 Service Pack 2 or higher.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;File Associations&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The Photoshop 7.0 installer allows you to associate file types with either Photoshop or ImageReady. When you associate a file type with an application, you specify which application will open when a file of that type is double-clicked on the desktop or in the Windows Explorer. Windows allows all its applications to associate themselves to various file types. If you choose the defaults in the Photoshop installer, you may find that Photoshop or ImageReady will open instead of another application when you double click on certain files. The Photoshop installer allows you to turn off this association with Photoshop or ImageReady if you prefer. To do so, click on each file type you do not want to associate and, for each type, choose &quot;Do not change&quot;. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If you wish to change your file associations after installing Photoshop, please refer to the document, &quot;How to Change File Associations in Windows&quot; in the Adobe Systems Technical Solutions Database on the Adobe website, at this location: http://www.adobe.com/support/techdocs/ac22.htm.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Running Adobe Photoshop Over a Network &lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;Adobe Photoshop 7.0 is not designed (nor was it tested) to be run when Windows is multi-launched over a network. If you want to run Adobe Photoshop on multiple Windows systems, make sure that each system has its own copy of Windows and Adobe Photoshop installed on the hard drive.&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;Language Settings (Windows XP and 2000 Only)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If you are using the English version of Windows XP or 2000 and add Chinese Traditional, Chinese Simplified, Korean, or Japanese language components, you must set the language correctly in the Control Panel. For Windows XP, set the Language for non-Unicode programs in the Regional and Language Options control panel Advanced tab and on Windows 2000, set the System Locale using the Regional control panel, General tab, Set default button.  Both systems will then require a reboot. If the language is not set correctly, you will experience display problems with text, file I/O, and Web features.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Improving Performance and Troubleshooting&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The following sections describe how to improve your system&#39;s performance when working with Adobe Photoshop 7.0, and how to correct some common problems which may occur.  For up to date information on optimizing Photoshop performance, refer to the document #318243, &quot;Optimizing Performance in Photoshop for Windows&quot;, available online at http://www.adobe.com/support/techdocs/12dde.htm.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Fonts, Color Profiles and Application Startup Time&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Upon startup, Photoshop must enumerate all of the fonts that will be available for the Type tools. If you have a large number of fonts installed on your system, this can cause Photoshop to take longer to startup. If you find the startup time for Photoshop 7.0 to be too long, you should remove any unused fonts from your system.  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Likewise, all Color Profiles installed on the system must be read.  Uninstall or remove any color profiles you will not be actively using to speed up the application startup time.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Compressed Drives and Virtual Memory &lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;Adobe Systems recommends that you do not set either the Windows swap file or Adobe Photoshop&#39;s scratch disk to a compressed disk drive. On Windows NT, it is recommended you do not set your page file to the same disk as your primary scratch disk.  For more information, see the user guide.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Scripting Photoshop&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Download and install Adobe Photoshop Scripting Support so you can write and run scripts in Photoshop 7.0.  Scripts can be written in Visual Basic or JavaScript on Windows.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Scripts let you automate operations in Photoshop.  They can range from simple manipulation of a single selected object to complex control of multiple documents.  You can even create workflows across multiple applications.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Please go to &lt;http://www.adobe.com/products/photoshop/main.html&gt; to download the scripting plug-in and for additional information.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Compatibility Issues&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Graphics Card Issues&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A variety of graphics card drivers may provide intermittent cursor display problems. These problems can include flickering cursors, on-screen artifacts, and cursors that don&#39;t immediately update when a new tool or cursor type is chosen. None of these display issues will affect the functionality of Photoshop. If you are experiencing any of these problems with your own graphics card, ensure that you have the latest driver for the card.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Miscellaneous Installer Issues&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Windows 2000 and XP do not allow certain sections of the registry to be written to by users without administrative privileges. It is recommended that only those with administrator privileges and those that are logged on as administrator install Photoshop 7.0 on Windows 2000 or XP.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;PIXTEL_MMI_EBOOK_2005&gt;3                                                           &lt;/PIXTEL_MMI_EBOOK_2005&gt;</description><link>http://trusted22.blogspot.com/2011/05/adobe-photoshop-70.html</link><author>noreply@blogger.com (TRUSTED SOFTWARE)</author><media:thumbnail xmlns:media="http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/" url="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEgkHmuH5-by6J67DqvdwpRZZJkZFt3XL4C5FwrwhPPmL4vr5y0tL5-VKzyrCoMTxSOVkozjOFzq-kun5fbAkiknzvxz9es-qkFmaW6JrEkaGcghn8ZsGI5KFcvEDZNJX_Y5okRQpdL8lkc/s72-c/i.jpeg" height="72" width="72"/><thr:total>0</thr:total></item><item><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8178415316263789628.post-8918914396745577240</guid><pubDate>Sun, 08 May 2011 13:23:00 +0000</pubDate><atom:updated>2011-06-26T02:52:49.906-07:00</atom:updated><category domain="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#">COREL</category><title>corel draw 9</title><description>&lt;a onblur=&quot;try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}&quot; href=&quot;https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjZZLHLCvQzlwhK2vY2os8vYik7xWF66mfiH_FgI2ZQnI0TfCas5zSnEckvo4S4pMI6__B-4OmHiMJVWlc268rgsuMy-ZqdvZvMMdYPQycuh4ASHuG3NTHJ90yax_XC_hfkhqxrFCT-CbE/s1600/i.jpeg&quot;&gt;&lt;img style=&quot;float:left; margin:0 10px 10px 0;cursor:pointer; cursor:hand;width: 111px; height: 125px;&quot; src=&quot;https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjZZLHLCvQzlwhK2vY2os8vYik7xWF66mfiH_FgI2ZQnI0TfCas5zSnEckvo4S4pMI6__B-4OmHiMJVWlc268rgsuMy-ZqdvZvMMdYPQycuh4ASHuG3NTHJ90yax_XC_hfkhqxrFCT-CbE/s320/i.jpeg&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;id=&quot;BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5622464084514034834&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;General Notes&lt;br /&gt;Workspaces&lt;br /&gt;When a different workspace is chosen, that workspace has to be set as current, otherwise, any setting displayed in the Options dialog will not reflect the settings in the selected workspace; any settings changed will not be saved to the chosen workspace either. &lt;br /&gt;CorelDRAW and Corel PHOTO-PAINT will load the default Regional Settings (e.g. units of measure ), as set in Control Panel, Regional Settings. Should Regional Settings be changed at a later date, the Coreldraw.ini (located in the \Workspace\Application\workspace name folder) must be deleted in order for this change to be recognized by the applications. Please note that custom application settings will be returned to default settings after deleting these files. &lt;br /&gt;  Corel® Setup 9 Readme Notes&lt;br /&gt;General&lt;br /&gt;With certain types of installations, there may be a delay between selecting the &quot;Install&quot; button on the Ready to Install setup screen and choosing to restart your system.  Please be patient. &lt;br /&gt;The following list displays all the components available for installation with CorelDRAW 9 Suite Edition. An asterisk (*) indicates the component is part of the Typical installation option. All other items are available by running the Custom installation option and the Add Component installation. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;CorelDRAW® &lt;br /&gt;        Program Files* &lt;br /&gt;        Help Files* &lt;br /&gt;        Tutors and Examples* &lt;br /&gt;        Outlines &amp; Fills* &lt;br /&gt;        Scripts* &lt;br /&gt;        Presets* &lt;br /&gt;        File Associations &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Corel PHOTO-PAINT® &lt;br /&gt;        Program Files* &lt;br /&gt;        Help Files* &lt;br /&gt;        Tutors and Examples* &lt;br /&gt;        Scripts and Script Effects* &lt;br /&gt;        File Associations &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Graphics Utilities &lt;br /&gt;        Corel CAPTURE™* &lt;br /&gt;        Corel TEXTURE™ &lt;br /&gt;        CorelTRACE™ &lt;br /&gt;        Plug-In Filters* &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Productivity Tools &lt;br /&gt;        Bitstream® Font Navigator™ 3.0 &lt;br /&gt;        Corel® BARCODE Wizard &lt;br /&gt;        Corel® Versions® &lt;br /&gt;        Corel Script Editor™ &lt;br /&gt;        Duplexing Wizard* &lt;br /&gt;        Labels* &lt;br /&gt;        Visual Basic for Applications 6.0 &amp; Internet Explorer 5.0 &lt;br /&gt;            Digital Signatures using Internet Explorer 5.0 &lt;br /&gt;            Visual Basic Application 6.0 &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Import/Export File Types &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;        Bitmap File Types &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;CPT*, TIF*, PCX*, BMP*, GIF*, PCD*, JPG*, DCS*, WI*, PSD*, CAL, IMG*, MAC*, OS/2 BMP, PP4, PP5*, PNG*, SCT*, TGA*, EXE, ICO, CUR, RAW*, FPX*, RIFF Painter 5*&lt;br /&gt;        Vector File Types &lt;br /&gt;WPG*, 3DMF*, AL*, DXF*, CGM*, CPX*, CDX*, CMX*, CDR*, CPH, EPS*, EMF*, GEM, PLT/HGL*, PF, PIC, PCT*, MET, DRW, NAP, PS/PRN/EPS*, WMF*, SCD, FMV, PDF*, DSF, DWG*, VSD*, PFB, TTF*&lt;br /&gt;        Animation File Types* &lt;br /&gt;        Text File Types &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;WPM, WP4, WP5, WP8*, TXT*, SAM, MIF, DOC*, RTF*, WSD, WSW, XY, XLS*, WQ/WB*, WK*&lt;br /&gt;        Internet File Types* &lt;br /&gt;Before Installing CorelDRAW® 9 &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Prior to running the setup for CorelDRAW 9,  ensure that all applications are closed. This includes all virus detection programs and any other applications that may be open in the system tray or on the Windows taskbar. Not doing so may increase the installation time and may interfere with the normal setup process. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Removing Older Versions of Applications &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Corel does not recommend installing CorelDRAW 9 applications over any previous release version (e.g., CorelDRAW 5, CorelDRAW 6, CorelDRAW 7, CorelDRAW 8). Please ensure that you install CorelDRAW 9 applications to a new folder. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;To uninstall a previous version, run the Corel Uninstall program from Start menu, Programs, CorelDRAW  &gt; Setup and Notes (or Control Panel, Add/Remove Programs - Corel Applications). &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If you choose to install over a previous installation of CorelDRAW 9, your user modifiable files will be backed up. The configuration files in CorelDRAW 9 will not be backed up (e.g., workspace changes), as these files are not affected by setup. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If you install CorelDRAW 9 onto a system that has any previous release version  (e.g., CorelDRAW 5, CorelDRAW 6, CorelDRAW 7, CorelDRAW 8) and decide to uninstall CorelDRAW 9, you may encounter problems with your previous release version.  If so, please re-run the previous version&#39;s setup. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;When installing and uninstalling this application, take note of any color profiles, scripts or sample files that you may have modified and saved to its original name. To prevent the removal or overwriting of your current color profiles, scripts or sample files that you may have modified, ensure that you first copy the modified files to another location before installing updates or uninstalling this application. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Adding, deleting, and updating CorelDRAW® 9 components &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;After installing CorelDRAW 9, you can add components to the installation. You can delete CorelDRAW 9 components to free up disk space. You can also update components to refresh their configuration settings. Updating components also repairs CorelDRAW 9 if you have accidentally deleted application files. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Corel does not recommend installing additional CorelDRAW 9 components to different locations. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;To add components to a CorelDRAW 9 installation &lt;br /&gt;1. Close any open CorelDRAW 9 applications. &lt;br /&gt;2. On the Windows taskbar, click Start, Programs, CorelDRAW 9, Setup and Notes, Corel Setup Program. &lt;br /&gt;3. Enable the Add New Components button. &lt;br /&gt;4. Click the Next button, and follow the installation instructions in the Setup Wizard. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;To delete installed CorelDRAW 9 components &lt;br /&gt;1. Close any open CorelDRAW 9 applications. &lt;br /&gt;2. On the Windows taskbar, click Start, Programs, CorelDRAW 9, Setup and Notes, Corel Uninstall Program. &lt;br /&gt;3. Click the Next button, and follow the installation instructions in the Corel Uninstaller. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;To update a CorelDRAW 9 installation &lt;br /&gt;1. Close any open CorelDRAW 9 applications. &lt;br /&gt;2. On the Windows taskbar, click Start, Programs, CorelDRAW 9, Setup and Notes, Corel Setup Program. &lt;br /&gt;3. Enable the Update Current Installation button. &lt;br /&gt;4. Click the Next button. &lt;br /&gt;5. Click the Install button. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;To remove other applications to preserve disk space &lt;br /&gt;1. Click Start on the Windows Taskbar, then click Settings, Control Panel. &lt;br /&gt;2. Click Add/Remove Programs, then follow the on-screen prompts. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If Add/Remove Programs does not include an option to remove the program, see if the original Setup or Install program includes an Uninstall option. If there isn&#39;t an Uninstall option, delete the program files manually or use one of the uninstall programs available from your software retailer. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Under certain circumstances, the Corel Uninstaller program may be removed from the system prematurely. Should this occur, simply copy the file uninst32.exe from the root of CD#1 to the Operating System\Corel folder (e.g., \Windows\Corel). &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Digital Signature Features and Microsoft® Visual Basic® for Applications 6.0 &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The Microsoft® Visual Basic® for Applications setup option is available as an option under Productivity Tools in a Custom Setup. One of the new features of Visual Basic for Applications, is the integration of Digital Signature technology to prevent unauthorized macro execution. Please refer to the Visual Basic for Applications section of this document for further details on the installation of this feature. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Please note that the release version of Microsoft® Visual Basic® for Applications 6.0, that is shipped with your copy of CorelDRAW 9,  is not compatible with Microsoft® Office 2000® CPP (more commonly referred to as Beta copy). They are using Visual Basic for Applications 6.0 Beta 2, and it will not run with the release version of Visual Basic for Applications 6.0 installed. If you already have Microsoft® Office 2000® CPP installed, you must uninstall it in order to allow the release version of Visual Basic for Applications that ships with CorelDRAW 9 to install. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Setup Issues On Middle Eastern Windows 98 Versions &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Please note that Windows 98 Arabic and Hebrew requires the corresponding localized version of Internet Explorer 5.  The localized version of Internet Explorer 5 was not available in the market at the time of this product release. Corel products will not install any version of Internet Explorer, or its files, if it detects an Arabic or Hebrew Windows 98 on your system due to this requirement. Therefore, users will not be able to use the Digital Signatures feature available to Visual Basic, until a localized Internet Explorer 5 is available and installed by the user at a later time.  This feature limitation does not affect Corel products installed on Windows 95 and NT. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Setup Issues with Video Drivers &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If you have an ATI Rage 128 video card and are experiencing the following problem, please download new video drivers from ATI’s web page (www.atitech.ca): &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;“After going through the Setup and clicking the “Install” button on the “Ready to install” setup screen, the Setup will start to copy files and then reboot the machine without warning.  After reboot, the Setup will not continue.” &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The new ATI Rage 128 video drivers will address this Setup problem. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Disk space requirement &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Disk space required for this installation may vary depending on drive configuration. For example, a 2Kb file on a FAT (File Allocation Table) formatted disk will occupy 16Kb on a 1Gb drive, and 32Kb on a 2Gb drive. The install bases its calculation on the actual file size and not the required disk space size. Therefore, installing to a large, partitioned drive that is FAT formatted, and is quite full, lack of space errors may be encountered towards the end of the installation. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;To conserve disk space on install, not all the Frames and bitmap fills will be installed.  They are however, all included on the CD in their corresponding folders (\Custom\Frames and \Custom\Tiles). &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Registration &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;As the On-line Registration Wizard does not accept Asian characters, please enter information with your IME off, or register your software using the other registration alternatives. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;PIXTEL_MMI_EBOOK_2005&gt;2                                                           &lt;/PIXTEL_MMI_EBOOK_2005&gt;General Notes&lt;br /&gt;Workspaces&lt;br /&gt;When a different workspace is chosen, that workspace has to be set as current, otherwise, any setting displayed in the Options dialog will not reflect the settings in the selected workspace; any settings changed will not be saved to the chosen workspace either. &lt;br /&gt;CorelDRAW and Corel PHOTO-PAINT will load the default Regional Settings (e.g. units of measure ), as set in Control Panel, Regional Settings. Should Regional Settings be changed at a later date, the Coreldraw.ini (located in the \Workspace\Application\workspace name folder) must be deleted in order for this change to be recognized by the applications. Please note that custom application settings will be returned to default settings after deleting these files. &lt;br /&gt;  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Corel® Setup 9 Readme Notes&lt;br /&gt;General&lt;br /&gt;With certain types of installations, there may be a delay between selecting the &quot;Install&quot; button on the Ready to Install setup screen and choosing to restart your system.  Please be patient. &lt;br /&gt;The following list displays all the components available for installation with CorelDRAW 9 Suite Edition. An asterisk (*) indicates the component is part of the Typical installation option. All other items are available by running the Custom installation option and the Add Component installation. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;CorelDRAW® &lt;br /&gt;        Program Files* &lt;br /&gt;        Help Files* &lt;br /&gt;        Tutors and Examples* &lt;br /&gt;        Outlines &amp; Fills* &lt;br /&gt;        Scripts* &lt;br /&gt;        Presets* &lt;br /&gt;        File Associations &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Corel PHOTO-PAINT® &lt;br /&gt;        Program Files* &lt;br /&gt;        Help Files* &lt;br /&gt;        Tutors and Examples* &lt;br /&gt;        Scripts and Script Effects* &lt;br /&gt;        File Associations &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Graphics Utilities &lt;br /&gt;        Corel CAPTURE™* &lt;br /&gt;        Corel TEXTURE™ &lt;br /&gt;        CorelTRACE™ &lt;br /&gt;        Plug-In Filters* &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Productivity Tools &lt;br /&gt;        Bitstream® Font Navigator™ 3.0 &lt;br /&gt;        Corel® BARCODE Wizard &lt;br /&gt;        Corel® Versions® &lt;br /&gt;        Corel Script Editor™ &lt;br /&gt;        Duplexing Wizard* &lt;br /&gt;        Labels* &lt;br /&gt;        Visual Basic for Applications 6.0 &amp; Internet Explorer 5.0 &lt;br /&gt;            Digital Signatures using Internet Explorer 5.0 &lt;br /&gt;            Visual Basic Application 6.0 &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Import/Export File Types &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;        Bitmap File Types &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;CPT*, TIF*, PCX*, BMP*, GIF*, PCD*, JPG*, DCS*, WI*, PSD*, CAL, IMG*, MAC*, OS/2 BMP, PP4, PP5*, PNG*, SCT*, TGA*, EXE, ICO, CUR, RAW*, FPX*, RIFF Painter 5*&lt;br /&gt;        Vector File Types &lt;br /&gt;WPG*, 3DMF*, AL*, DXF*, CGM*, CPX*, CDX*, CMX*, CDR*, CPH, EPS*, EMF*, GEM, PLT/HGL*, PF, PIC, PCT*, MET, DRW, NAP, PS/PRN/EPS*, WMF*, SCD, FMV, PDF*, DSF, DWG*, VSD*, PFB, TTF*&lt;br /&gt;        Animation File Types* &lt;br /&gt;        Text File Types &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;WPM, WP4, WP5, WP8*, TXT*, SAM, MIF, DOC*, RTF*, WSD, WSW, XY, XLS*, WQ/WB*, WK*&lt;br /&gt;        Internet File Types* &lt;br /&gt;Before Installing CorelDRAW® 9 &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Prior to running the setup for CorelDRAW 9,  ensure that all applications are closed. This includes all virus detection programs and any other applications that may be open in the system tray or on the Windows taskbar. Not doing so may increase the installation time and may interfere with the normal setup process. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Removing Older Versions of Applications &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Corel does not recommend installing CorelDRAW 9 applications over any previous release version (e.g., CorelDRAW 5, CorelDRAW 6, CorelDRAW 7, CorelDRAW 8). Please ensure that you install CorelDRAW 9 applications to a new folder. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;To uninstall a previous version, run the Corel Uninstall program from Start menu, Programs, CorelDRAW  &gt; Setup and Notes (or Control Panel, Add/Remove Programs - Corel Applications). &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If you choose to install over a previous installation of CorelDRAW 9, your user modifiable files will be backed up. The configuration files in CorelDRAW 9 will not be backed up (e.g., workspace changes), as these files are not affected by setup. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If you install CorelDRAW 9 onto a system that has any previous release version  (e.g., CorelDRAW 5, CorelDRAW 6, CorelDRAW 7, CorelDRAW 8) and decide to uninstall CorelDRAW 9, you may encounter problems with your previous release version.  If so, please re-run the previous version&#39;s setup. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;When installing and uninstalling this application, take note of any color profiles, scripts or sample files that you may have modified and saved to its original name. To prevent the removal or overwriting of your current color profiles, scripts or sample files that you may have modified, ensure that you first copy the modified files to another location before installing updates or uninstalling this application. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Adding, deleting, and updating CorelDRAW® 9 components &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;After installing CorelDRAW 9, you can add components to the installation. You can delete CorelDRAW 9 components to free up disk space. You can also update components to refresh their configuration settings. Updating components also repairs CorelDRAW 9 if you have accidentally deleted application files. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Corel does not recommend installing additional CorelDRAW 9 components to different locations. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;To add components to a CorelDRAW 9 installation &lt;br /&gt;1. Close any open CorelDRAW 9 applications. &lt;br /&gt;2. On the Windows taskbar, click Start, Programs, CorelDRAW 9, Setup and Notes, Corel Setup Program. &lt;br /&gt;3. Enable the Add New Components button. &lt;br /&gt;4. Click the Next button, and follow the installation instructions in the Setup Wizard. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;To delete installed CorelDRAW 9 components &lt;br /&gt;1. Close any open CorelDRAW 9 applications. &lt;br /&gt;2. On the Windows taskbar, click Start, Programs, CorelDRAW 9, Setup and Notes, Corel Uninstall Program. &lt;br /&gt;3. Click the Next button, and follow the installation instructions in the Corel Uninstaller. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;To update a CorelDRAW 9 installation &lt;br /&gt;1. Close any open CorelDRAW 9 applications. &lt;br /&gt;2. On the Windows taskbar, click Start, Programs, CorelDRAW 9, Setup and Notes, Corel Setup Program. &lt;br /&gt;3. Enable the Update Current Installation button. &lt;br /&gt;4. Click the Next button. &lt;br /&gt;5. Click the Install button. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;To remove other applications to preserve disk space &lt;br /&gt;1. Click Start on the Windows Taskbar, then click Settings, Control Panel. &lt;br /&gt;2. Click Add/Remove Programs, then follow the on-screen prompts. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If Add/Remove Programs does not include an option to remove the program, see if the original Setup or Install program includes an Uninstall option. If there isn&#39;t an Uninstall option, delete the program files manually or use one of the uninstall programs available from your software retailer. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Under certain circumstances, the Corel Uninstaller program may be removed from the system prematurely. Should this occur, simply copy the file uninst32.exe from the root of CD#1 to the Operating System\Corel folder (e.g., \Windows\Corel). &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Digital Signature Features and Microsoft® Visual Basic® for Applications 6.0 &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The Microsoft® Visual Basic® for Applications setup option is available as an option under Productivity Tools in a Custom Setup. One of the new features of Visual Basic for Applications, is the integration of Digital Signature technology to prevent unauthorized macro execution. Please refer to the Visual Basic for Applications section of this document for further details on the installation of this feature. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Please note that the release version of Microsoft® Visual Basic® for Applications 6.0, that is shipped with your copy of CorelDRAW 9,  is not compatible with Microsoft® Office 2000® CPP (more commonly referred to as Beta copy). They are using Visual Basic for Applications 6.0 Beta 2, and it will not run with the release version of Visual Basic for Applications 6.0 installed. If you already have Microsoft® Office 2000® CPP installed, you must uninstall it in order to allow the release version of Visual Basic for Applications that ships with CorelDRAW 9 to install. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Setup Issues On Middle Eastern Windows 98 Versions &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Please note that Windows 98 Arabic and Hebrew requires the corresponding localized version of Internet Explorer 5.  The localized version of Internet Explorer 5 was not available in the market at the time of this product release. Corel products will not install any version of Internet Explorer, or its files, if it detects an Arabic or Hebrew Windows 98 on your system due to this requirement. Therefore, users will not be able to use the Digital Signatures feature available to Visual Basic, until a localized Internet Explorer 5 is available and installed by the user at a later time.  This feature limitation does not affect Corel products installed on Windows 95 and NT. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Setup Issues with Video Drivers &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If you have an ATI Rage 128 video card and are experiencing the following problem, please download new video drivers from ATI’s web page (www.atitech.ca): &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;“After going through the Setup and clicking the “Install” button on the “Ready to install” setup screen, the Setup will start to copy files and then reboot the machine without warning.  After reboot, the Setup will not continue.” &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The new ATI Rage 128 video drivers will address this Setup problem. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Disk space requirement &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Disk space required for this installation may vary depending on drive configuration. For example, a 2Kb file on a FAT (File Allocation Table) formatted disk will occupy 16Kb on a 1Gb drive, and 32Kb on a 2Gb drive. The install bases its calculation on the actual file size and not the required disk space size. Therefore, installing to a large, partitioned drive that is FAT formatted, and is quite full, lack of space errors may be encountered towards the end of the installation. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;To conserve disk space on install, not all the Frames and bitmap fills will be installed.  They are however, all included on the CD in their corresponding folders (\Custom\Frames and \Custom\Tiles). &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Registration &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;As the On-line Registration Wizard does not accept Asian characters, please enter information with your IME off, or register your software using the other registration alternatives. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;PIXTEL_MMI_EBOOK_2005&gt;2                                                           &lt;/PIXTEL_MMI_EBOOK_2005&gt;</description><link>http://trusted22.blogspot.com/2011/05/corel-draw-9.html</link><author>noreply@blogger.com (TRUSTED SOFTWARE)</author><media:thumbnail xmlns:media="http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/" url="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjZZLHLCvQzlwhK2vY2os8vYik7xWF66mfiH_FgI2ZQnI0TfCas5zSnEckvo4S4pMI6__B-4OmHiMJVWlc268rgsuMy-ZqdvZvMMdYPQycuh4ASHuG3NTHJ90yax_XC_hfkhqxrFCT-CbE/s72-c/i.jpeg" height="72" width="72"/><thr:total>0</thr:total></item><item><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-8178415316263789628.post-2093613338261175398</guid><pubDate>Fri, 01 Apr 2011 11:27:00 +0000</pubDate><atom:updated>2011-04-08T08:06:36.482-07:00</atom:updated><category domain="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#">COREL</category><title>CorelDRAW Graphics Suite 11</title><description>&lt;a onblur=&quot;try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}&quot; href=&quot;https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEg0EeIV_ERSH3Jh-npoXFLbWMw1vyZ9DHbP5HduMspdLI8Jvxi5WAOmW1tvwFFkLWXUVZ6eX8b4Xypm-dz3e406Xco9wjk0WNrfnsjyGMCSNenQYVjTRfBFveVqIHDJsNvKmk4fTYWwuw8/s1600/2.jpg&quot;&gt;&lt;img style=&quot;float:left; margin:0 10px 10px 0;cursor:pointer; cursor:hand;width: 131px; height: 84px;&quot; src=&quot;https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEg0EeIV_ERSH3Jh-npoXFLbWMw1vyZ9DHbP5HduMspdLI8Jvxi5WAOmW1tvwFFkLWXUVZ6eX8b4Xypm-dz3e406Xco9wjk0WNrfnsjyGMCSNenQYVjTRfBFveVqIHDJsNvKmk4fTYWwuw8/s320/2.jpg&quot; border=&quot;0&quot; alt=&quot;&quot;id=&quot;BLOGGER_PHOTO_ID_5593195207157558562&quot; /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;README File &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Contents&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Minimum System Requirements &lt;br /&gt;Installation &lt;br /&gt;Documentation and Tutorials &lt;br /&gt;Web Browsers &lt;br /&gt;Workspace &lt;br /&gt;Notes for Windows Users &lt;br /&gt;Notes for Mac OS Users &lt;br /&gt;Printing &lt;br /&gt;Color Management &lt;br /&gt;Importing and Exporting &lt;br /&gt;Globalization &lt;br /&gt;CorelDRAW 11 and Corel R.A.V.E. 2 &lt;br /&gt;Corel R.A.V.E. 2 &lt;br /&gt;Corel PHOTO-PAINT 11 &lt;br /&gt;(Windows) Corel CAPTURE 11 &lt;br /&gt;(Windows) CorelTRACE 11 &lt;br /&gt;Trial, Academic, and OEM Versions &lt;br /&gt;(Windows) Microsoft Visual Basic for Applications (VBA) &lt;br /&gt;Minimum System Requirements&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Windows &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Windows 98, Windows 2000, Windows NT 4.0, Windows Me, or Windows XP &lt;br /&gt;Pentium II, 200 MHz or greater &lt;br /&gt;64 MB RAM (128 MB is recommended, and required for Windows XP) &lt;br /&gt;Mouse or tablet &lt;br /&gt;1024 x 768 screen resolution &lt;br /&gt;CD drive &lt;br /&gt;200 MB hard disk space &lt;br /&gt;Macintosh &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Mac OS 10.1 &lt;br /&gt;128 MB RAM &lt;br /&gt;Mouse or tablet &lt;br /&gt;1024 x 768 screen resolution &lt;br /&gt;CD drive &lt;br /&gt;250 MB hard disk space &lt;br /&gt;Installation &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Older versions of applications &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Corel does not recommend installing CorelDRAW Graphics Suite 11 over an older version. Install to a new folder. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Before installing CorelDRAW Graphics Suite 11 &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Before you install CorelDRAW Graphics Suite 11, you must close all other applications, including virus detection programs. If other applications are running, they may interfere with the normal installation process. In Windows, open applications are displayed on the taskbar. On the Mac OS, in the Dock, a small, black triangle displays below the icons of open applications. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;(Windows) Notes &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If you uninstall a previous version of CorelDRAW, Corel R.A.V.E., or Corel PHOTO-PAINT, you should complete the uninstall. Corel does not recommend canceling this process once it has begun. &lt;br /&gt;After installing CorelDRAW Graphics Suite 11, you can add or remove components, reinstall previously selected components, or remove the entire installation. From the Control Panel, double-click Add/remove programs (or in Windows XP, click Add or remove programs). Choose Corel Graphics Suite 11 from the list, and click Add/remove (or in Windows XP, click Change/remove). Enable one of the following options: &lt;br /&gt;Modify - add or remove components &lt;br /&gt;Repair - reinstall all previously selected components &lt;br /&gt;Remove all - remove all components &lt;br /&gt;Right-clicking the Corel Graphics Suite 11.msi file to install or uninstall is not supported. &lt;br /&gt;(Mac OS) Note &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Installing CorelDRAW Graphics Suite 11 to a UNIX partition on a Macintosh computer is not supported. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Documentation and Tutorials &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Electronic copies of the user guides are included on the Applications CD, in the Documentation folder. Adobe Acrobat Reader is required to view them. Adobe Acrobat Reader is also required to view locally installed tutorials. Adobe Acrobat Reader is included on Disc 2. &lt;br /&gt;To enable the full-text search (FTS) in the Help for a Windows XP Limited User, the Administrator must first access the application&#39;s Help from an Administrator account, click the Search tab, and follow the instructions in the Find Setup wizard. Once this has been done, all XP Limited Users can use the full-text search in the Help. &lt;br /&gt;Web Browsers &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Microsoft Internet Explorer 5 or higher, and Netscape Navigator 4, are supported for use with the Web features of CorelDRAW Graphics Suite 11. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Workspace &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Periodically, it may become necessary to restore the application’s workspace to the default settings. To do this, hold down F8 (Windows) or Shift (Mac OS), and start the application. A dialog box will appear asking if you want to overwrite the current workspace with the factory default. Click Yes. The application will start using the default settings for the currently selected workspace. Note that you will lose any workspace customization that you have done. See the Help for information about creating, using, and customizing multiple workspaces. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Notes for Windows Users &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Application presets &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Application presets are saved to your user profile folder. In some cases, your user profile folder will be hidden from view in Windows Explorer. If presets are hidden, you can display them by doing the following: &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Double-click My Computer on the Desktop, or load Windows Explorer. &lt;br /&gt;Click Tools &gt; Folder options. &lt;br /&gt;If you are using Windows 98 or earlier, click View &gt; Folder options. &lt;br /&gt;Click the View tab. &lt;br /&gt;Enable the Show hidden files and folders option. &lt;br /&gt;If you are using Windows 98 or earlier, enable the Show all files option. &lt;br /&gt;File associations &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If both CorelDRAW 10 and CorelDRAW 11 are installed on the same system, some file formats may be associated with Corel PHOTO-PAINT 10. To override this, you must change the file associations within the application. Click Tools &gt; Options. In the list of categories, double-click Global, double-click Filters, and click Associate. Enable the check boxes for the file types you want to associate with the application. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Notes for Mac OS Users &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Plug-ins &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Only packaged (Adobe Photoshop 7 compatible) plug-ins are supported. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Bitstream Font Reserve &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Bitstream Font Reserve always installs to the Mac OS X partition, even if another partition is selected. You can move the application folder to another partition or folder without affecting the application. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Printing &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Print Merge &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;When auto-increment is disabled, off-limit numbers appear as data. &lt;br /&gt;When more than one field is used for merging, you cannot rename a field. &lt;br /&gt;Service Bureau &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Prepare for service bureau does not gather linked files. &lt;br /&gt;The Service bureau profiler dialog box cannot be minimized. &lt;br /&gt;Windows Issues &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;You may experience problems in Print Preview with certain Type 1 fonts when Fit to page is enabled. &lt;br /&gt;A document with an uneven number of pages may not print as expected when duplexed to a Lexmark printer. &lt;br /&gt;Hairline outlines with transparencies applied may not print as expected on non-PostScript printers. &lt;br /&gt;On PostScript printers, some fountain fills do not match the file. &lt;br /&gt;Mac OS Issues &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;CorelDRAW files containing pages of different orientations may not print on the HP Color LaserJet 4500-PS printer when using the Double sided full page imposition layout. &lt;br /&gt;When the Preflight tab is active in the Print dialog box, the Mini preview window is blank. &lt;br /&gt;In Print preview, zooming with the mouse scroll wheel may cause pages to temporarily disappear from view. &lt;br /&gt;Although the Mini preview window does not belong in the Print preview window, it may display there if you click File &gt; Print, click the Mini preview button, click Print preview, click outside the application window, and then return to the application. &lt;br /&gt;When using Print merge with a Japanese keyboard, the field name and data entered are displayed in a separate window. &lt;br /&gt;Color Management&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;PANTONE colors displayed in the software application or in the user documentation may not match PANTONE-identified standards. Consult the current PANTONE color publications for accurate color information. &lt;br /&gt;PANTONE® and other Pantone, Inc. trademarks are the property of Pantone, Inc. © Pantone Inc., 2001 &lt;br /&gt;Pantone, Inc. is the copyright owner of color data and/or software which are licensed to Corel Corporation to distribute for use only in combination with CorelDRAW Graphics Suite 11. &lt;br /&gt;PANTONE color data and/or software cannot be copied onto another disk or into memory except as part of the execution of CorelDRAW 11, Corel PHOTO-PAINT 11, or Corel R.A.V.E. 2. &lt;br /&gt;The gamut alarm is not accurate when using the Kodak Color Matching Module. &lt;br /&gt;Find and replace may remove overprint from fills. &lt;br /&gt;(Mac OS) The Download color profiles option produces a server error if more than 300K is downloaded at once. &lt;br /&gt;Importing and Exporting &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;JPEG 2000 (JP2) &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Not all Web browsers support the JPEG 2000 file format (JPEG 2000 Standard and JPEG 2000 Codestream). You may require a plug-in to view files saved to this format. &lt;br /&gt;Import: Files with the .jp2 filename extension support JPEG 2000 Standard and JPEG 2000 Codestream. &lt;br /&gt;Filename extension: JPEG 2000 Codestream uses the .jp2 filename extension with Metadata on export. &lt;br /&gt;QuickTime (MOV) &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;To open, import, save, or export to the QuickTime (MOV) and QuickTime VR (QTVR) file formats, QuickTime 5 must be installed. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;PDF &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Character spacing may not be as expected when importing PDF files containing fonts that are not installed on your system. Selecting a similar font or embedding the font in the PDF file resolves the problem. If you embed the font, the PDF file will be slightly larger. &lt;br /&gt;Pattern fills and square gradients in PDF files cannot be imported into CorelDRAW or Corel R.A.V.E. &lt;br /&gt;Duotone and placed EPS files cannot be displayed in exported PDF files; however, they print properly. &lt;br /&gt;PDF files containing double-byte fonts may not import properly. &lt;br /&gt;PostScript Interpreted &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Importing with VM size set to 1.0 or 1.1 may cause an Invalid file format error. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Windows XP &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Files of some file formats may take a long time to import from a network drive. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;FreeHand (FH) &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Range kerning may not be retained when importing FreeHand 8 files containing text. &lt;br /&gt;FreeHand 8 files containing text boxes inside other objects do not import properly as PowerClip objects. &lt;br /&gt;Macromedia Flash (SWF) &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Images containing lenses may not export properly to the Macromedia Flash (SWF) file format. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Scalable Vector Graphics (SVG) &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The W3C &quot;non zero&quot; fill rule is not supported. &lt;br /&gt;When exporting to SVG, the following units are supported: inches, centimeters, millimeters, and pixels. &lt;br /&gt;The W3C Interact, Script, Animation, Extend, and DOM features are not supported. &lt;br /&gt;In SVG files, outlines with gradient and pattern fills turn black when imported. &lt;br /&gt;(Mac OS) SVG with Object Data Manager Input is not available. &lt;br /&gt;Visio (VSD) &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Only versions 4 &amp; 5 are supported. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Portable Network Graphics (PNG) &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;When exporting transparent backgrounds to the Portable Network Graphics (PNG) file format, the background is combined with the image. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Windows 3.x / Windows NT Icon Resource (ICO) &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The ICO file format is supported on Windows only; it is not supported on the Mac OS. &lt;br /&gt;When importing an ICO file containing a mask, the mask may import incorrectly. &lt;br /&gt;3D Model (3DM) &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;(Windows) This file format is no longer supported. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;AutoCAD (DXF) &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;When importing DXF files, the Auto-reduce nodes option removes hidden lines caused by multiple views within the file. It does not modify nodes on curve objects. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;(Windows) AutoCAD (DXF/DWG) &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;When importing, fonts used for text and text styles both appear in the PANOSE dialog box. &lt;br /&gt;When importing, font typeface and justification settings may not be retained. &lt;br /&gt;Adobe Photoshop (PSD) &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;When exporting to the Adobe Photoshop (PSD) file format with the Maintain layers option enabled, preview is unavailable. &lt;br /&gt;When exporting to the Adobe Photoshop (PSD) file format with the Maintain layers option enabled, the file size indicator is incorrect. &lt;br /&gt;When exporting a file containing a lens to the Adobe Photoshop (PSD) file format, layers are not maintained, even if the Maintain layers option is enabled. &lt;br /&gt;(Windows) CorelDESIGNER / Micrografx Designer (DSF) &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Line caps on thick lines may appear very large after importing. &lt;br /&gt;Text from locked and invisible layers is ignored. &lt;br /&gt;Blended objects may shrink in the middle of the blend. &lt;br /&gt;Color palettes &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;When saving to the CorelDRAW 9 or 10 file formats, tints from the new color palettes are remapped to user inks. This may result in multiple user ink spot colors being defined in the file. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;(Windows) Text &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Multilingual text is supported for Rich Text Format (RTF) and for most text and spreadsheet formats (such as Microsoft Word (DOC), WordPerfect (WPD), and other supported text formats that store multilingual data). &lt;br /&gt;Since ANSI text (TXT) does not support multilingual data, all text is imported with the current document settings &lt;br /&gt;Japanese text imports only as RTF. &lt;br /&gt;Bidi text (Hebrew, Arabic) is not supported. &lt;br /&gt;RTF import successfully retains Cyrillic character sets. &lt;br /&gt;To import or export multilingual text, you must set Regional and Keyboard settings to match the language of the text. &lt;br /&gt;For multilingual support in Windows 2000, do the following: From the Control Panel, double-click Regional options. Click the General tab, and click Set default. This changes the system code page. &lt;br /&gt;For multilingual support in Windows XP, do the following with an Administrator account: From the Control Panel, click Date, time, language, and regional options. Click Regional and language options. Click the Advanced tab. In the Language for non-Unicode programs area, choose a language from the list box. &lt;br /&gt;For multilingual support in all other Windows operating systems (for Japanese text files), the appropriate Japanese fonts must be installed, and the global Input Method Editor (IME) must be installed. &lt;br /&gt;(Mac OS) Text &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Multilingual text is supported for Rich Text Format (RTF). &lt;br /&gt;ANSI text (TXT) does not support multilingual data. &lt;br /&gt;Bidi text (Hebrew, Arabic) is not supported. &lt;br /&gt;If there are multilingual characters in filenames, your operating system must be of the same language. For example, a file whose filename contains Japanese characters can only be opened on a Japanese operating system. &lt;br /&gt;On Mac OS X, Russian text is supported only on a Russian version of the operating system. &lt;br /&gt;Globalization (Non-native operating system issues)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Multilingual support applies to text within a document only. &lt;br /&gt;Global IME is supported only at the document level. &lt;br /&gt;Double-byte and bidirectional fonts are not supported when using TrueDoc to embed fonts within a document. &lt;br /&gt;When installing different language keyboards on Microsoft Windows NT or Microsoft Windows 2000, you must change both the input locale and the keyboard layout to a language appropriate for CorelDRAW in order to apply the correct text formatting. &lt;br /&gt;(Mac OS X) If you experience font synchronization problems when switching between Japanese and English text input, it is recommended that you enable the Font and keyboard synchronization option in the operating system. In System preferences, click International. Click the Keyboard menu tab and click Options. Enable the Font and keyboard synchronization option. Log out and log in for the change to take effect. &lt;br /&gt;ScanSoft OmniPage SE installs only on an operating system of the same language. For example, the English version of OmniPage SE installs only on an English operating system. &lt;br /&gt;CorelDRAW 11 and Corel R.A.V.E. 2&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Artistic Media Tool &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The Artistic Media tool can spray and brush effects, such as transparency, lenses, and drop shadows; however, overlapping several strokes can decrease application performance. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Fonts &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;TrueDoc font embedding does not support OpenType fonts; the document will be saved without the fonts. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;PANOSE Font Matching &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;When opening sample files or templates on the Macintosh that have been created in a Windows version of the application, or from content CDs, a PANOSE Font Matching message may appear. There are two possible reasons for this message: &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The fonts are not installed. Fonts can be installed from Disc 2 after installation. &lt;br /&gt;Font name differences. Some font name spellings differ for Windows and Macintosh. To specify font equivalents for the Windows and Macintosh platforms, do the following: Click Tools &gt; Options (Windows) or [application name] &gt; Preferences (Mac OS). Double-click Text, click Fonts, and click PANOSE font matching. Click Spellings, and click Add. Choose a Windows font name from the list box, and type the Macintosh equivalent in the Macintosh name box. &lt;br /&gt;Corel R.A.V.E. 2&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If you use the Load movie behavior in a movie, the Macromedia Flash preview requires that the main movie and all loaded movies be in the same folder. To preview the Load movie behavior in a movie, instead of clicking File &gt; Flash preview in browser, export the main movie to the Macromedia Flash (SWF) file format, and to the same folder as all loaded movies. In the Flash export dialog box, enable the Display in browser when done check box.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Corel PHOTO-PAINT 11 &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Sound for Web rollover states is not supported in Netscape Navigator. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;(Windows) Corel CAPTURE 11 &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If you experience problems sending images to OLE applications, do one of the following: &lt;br /&gt;– Start CorelDRAW or Corel PHOTO-PAINT before capturing &lt;br /&gt;– Paste the contents into the OLE application. The capture may have been sent to the Clipboard. &lt;br /&gt;If you install Corel CAPTURE with the Small fonts Windows display setting and change to Large fonts after the install, only half of the dialog box is displayed. To fix this, you must reinstall Corel CAPTURE with Large fonts. (To change the font size setting, in the Control Panel, double-click Display. Click the Settings tab. Click Advanced, and choose Small fonts or Large fonts from the Font size list box. If you are using Windows XP, in the Control Panel, click Appearance and Themes, click Display. Click the Appearance tab, and choose Normal or Large fonts from the Font size list box.) &lt;br /&gt;(Windows) CorelTRACE 11 &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If the Scrapbook Docker window remains open after closing CorelTRACE, the application may not restart. &lt;br /&gt;Clicking Image &gt; Edit Image may start Microsoft Paint instead of Corel PHOTO-PAINT 11. &lt;br /&gt;Trial, Academic, and OEM Versions &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Not all components are available in our Trial, Academic, and OEM Versions. Unavailable components may include Corel applications, features, and third-party utilities. However, some of these components may still be referred to within the applications and within the documentation. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;(Windows) Microsoft Visual Basic for Applications (VBA) &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Microsoft Visual Basic for Applications &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;To use Microsoft Visual Basic for Applications within CorelDRAW 11 and Corel PHOTO-PAINT 11, Microsoft Visual Basic for Applications 6.3 must be installed. Microsoft Visual Basic for Applications 6.3 is included in the CorelDRAW Graphic Suite 11 Setup under Custom Install options and is installed by default during a Typical or default Custom installation. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Installation &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;After installing CorelDRAW 11, you must leave the CD in the CD drive after rebooting to complete the installation of Visual Basic for Applications. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;VBA Programming Guide for CorelDRAW 11 &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The new VBA Programming Guide for CorelDRAW 11 will help you automate tasks and create custom solutions using VBA in CorelDRAW. If you installed CorelDRAW using the Typical install, or a Custom install that included VBA, then the guide is accessible from a link in the CorelDRAW VBA Help. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;VBA Help &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The Help for CorelDRAW VBA has been improved. Most of the properties and methods now have code samples to show how to use the property or method. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Updating Macros from CorelDRAW 10 to CorelDRAW 11 &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;To ensure that a macro written for CorelDRAW 10 will work as designed in CorelDRAW 11, you may need to change the name of the class, method, or property, or change parameters for the macro. For more information, see Updating macros from CorelDRAW 10 to CorelDRAW 11 in the CorelDRAW VBA Help.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;FindShapes method from Shapes &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Shapes.FindShapes is not fully implemented. It still functions with the old parameters. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;GMS folder in the User Profile Path &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;GMS files are normally saved to the GMS folders under the Corel Graphics 11/Draw and Corel Graphics 11/CorelPHOTO-PAINT folders. If the user does not have write access to these folders, the GMS folders will be saved to the user&#39;s Draw and CorelPHOTO-PAINT folders.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Shipping Macros &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;CorelDRAW and Corel PHOTO-PAINT now include additional GMS files. CorelDRAW comes with a FileConverter.gms file and a CalendarWizard.gms file. For more information, please see the CorelDRAW VBA Help for an overview of these macros. Corel PHOTO-PAINT comes with an HTMLSlideShow.gms file, which takes open files in Corel PHOTO-PAINT and converts them to an HTML slide show. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;New Text Functions &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The text classes in VBA now support multiple languages. Following is an example using double-byte characters: &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Sub test() &lt;br /&gt;Dim strVBA As String &lt;br /&gt;Dim strDraw As String &lt;br /&gt;Dim c As String &lt;br /&gt;Dim n As Long &lt;br /&gt;strVBA = &quot;wóääjijôfâÔóâLZó&quot; &lt;br /&gt;strDraw = &quot;&quot; &lt;br /&gt;For n = 1 To Len(strVBA) &lt;br /&gt;c = Mid$(strVBA, n, 1) &lt;br /&gt;strDraw = strDraw &amp; ChrW$(Asc(c)) &lt;br /&gt;Next n &lt;br /&gt;ActiveLayer.CreateArtisticText 0, 0, strVBA, , cdrCharSetRussian &lt;br /&gt;ActiveLayer.CreateArtisticTextWide 5, 0, strDraw, , cdrCharSetRussian &lt;br /&gt;End Sub &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;VBA on Windows XP &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;After installing CorelDRAW Graphics Suite 11 on Windows XP with an Administrator account, you should start VBA with the same account before logging in and starting with a Limited User account. The file, VBE6EXT.OLB, must be registered upon initialization of VBA. The Administrator account can register this file, but a Limited User cannot. If you use a Limited User account without first starting VBA as an Administrator, you can use VBA, but you will receive an error message, &quot;VBE6EXT.OLB could not be loaded.&quot; &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;To get the add-ins to work for a Windows XP Limited User account &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Follow the steps below to get add-ins to work for a Limited User account (example is for Corel PHOTO-PAINT): &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Log in with Administrator privileges to the system where you want to run the add-in. &lt;br /&gt;Run regsvr32.exe on the add-in. This will add the required class IDs and registry keys that only an Administrator can create. &lt;br /&gt;Run regedit.exe. Navigate to HKEY_CURRENT_USER/Software/Corel/Corel PHOTO-PAINT/11.0/Addins. &lt;br /&gt;Select the key for your add-in (for example, PhotoPaint.Addin1). &lt;br /&gt;From the Registry menu, click Export registry file. Enable the Selected branch option, type a filename in the File name box, and click Save. &lt;br /&gt;Log in to the Limited User account and run regedit.exe. &lt;br /&gt;From the Registry menu, click Import registry file, specify the .reg file that you exported in step 5, and click Open. &lt;br /&gt;Now you should be able to run the add-in from this Limited User account</description><link>http://trusted22.blogspot.com/2011/04/coreldraw-graphics-suite-11.html</link><author>noreply@blogger.com (TRUSTED SOFTWARE)</author><media:thumbnail xmlns:media="http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/" url="https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEg0EeIV_ERSH3Jh-npoXFLbWMw1vyZ9DHbP5HduMspdLI8Jvxi5WAOmW1tvwFFkLWXUVZ6eX8b4Xypm-dz3e406Xco9wjk0WNrfnsjyGMCSNenQYVjTRfBFveVqIHDJsNvKmk4fTYWwuw8/s72-c/2.jpg" height="72" width="72"/><thr:total>0</thr:total></item></channel></rss>